Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals - Specialty / Stepan Company

Stepan Company

scl · NYSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker scl
Exchange NYSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals - Specialty
Employees 2396
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Stepan Company
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
STRONG
FUNDAMENTALS
FUNDAMENTAL
STRENGTHS

2013 Annual Report

STRONG
FUNDAMENTALS

  2013 REVENUE

S H AW CO R ’ S M I S S I O N

1.85B

  2013 NET INCOM E
  (attributable to shareholders of the Company)

 219.9M

  MARKET CAPITALIZATION 
  (as of December 31, 2013)

 2.55B

  All above amounts in Canadian dollars.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

IFC    Financial and 

Operating Highlights
2   Message to Shareholders
ShawCor At-a-Glance
4  
Strong Fundamentals
6  
8  
Fundamental Strengths
16   Financial Strength
17   Financial Review
102  ShawCor Directors
103  Corporate Governance
104  Primary Operating Locations
IBC   Corporate Information

TO BE THE MARKET LEADER AND TECHNOLOGY 
INNOVATOR WITH A PRIMARY FOCUS ON THE GLOBAL 
PIPELINE INDUSTRY AND TO USE THIS BASE AS A 
PLATFORM TO BUILD AN INTERNATIONAL ENERGY 
SERVICES COMPANY WHILE ACHIEVING SHAWCOR’S 
PERFORMANCE OBJECTIVES.

FINANCIAL SUMMARY

Year ended December 31 (in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

 2013  

2012

Operating Results
Revenue 
EBITDA  
Income from operations  
Net income (Note 1)  
Earnings per share (Common, Class A and Class B) – basic  
Earnings per share (Common, Class A and Class B) – diluted  

$   1,847,549  
 391,223  
 319,774  
 219,862  
 3.55  
 3.51  

$  
$  
$  

$ 

$  
$  
$  

 1,469,187 
 265,254 
 211,053 
 178,310 
 2.53 
 2.50 

Cash Flow
Cash provided by operating activities  

Financial Position
Working capital  
Total assets  
Equity per share (Common, Class A and Class B)  

Note 1: Attributable to shareholders’ of the Company.

$  

 32,264  

$  

 530,512 

$  
 267,489  
$   1,651,928  
 10.98  
$  

$  
 325,412 
$    1,888,873 
 14.07 
$  

CORPORATE PROFILE

ShawCor Ltd. is a global energy services company specializing in technology based products 
and services for the pipeline and pipe services and the petrochemical and industrial markets. 
The Company operates eight business units with more than 75 manufacturing and service 
facilities employing over 8,000 people around the world.

On the Cover (Top): The industry’s leading concrete coating system, HeviCote,® provides negative buoyancy and 
mechanical protection for pipelines in subsea and wet environments.
(Bottom): FlexPipe’s spoolable composite pipe has generated growing demand in Latin America, Australia and other 
export markets.

 
 
 
 
 
 
Spurred by steadily growing demand and 
rapid depletion of existing hydrocarbon 
reserves, the industry we serve is 
exploring new frontiers and technologies 
to meet global energy challenges. 
These trends play directly to ShawCor’s 
strengths as the world’s leading provider 
of advanced pipeline coatings and related 
energy products and services. This report 
describes the combination of strong 
industry fundamentals and fundamental 
corporate strengths that will sustain 
ShawCor’s long-term performance.

FUNDAMENTAL
STRENGTHS

MESSAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS

Fiscal 2013 was another year for the record books with revenue 
increasing 26%to $1.85 billion, EBITDA up 47% to $391 million and 
earnings per share (diluted) rising 40% to $3.51. Over the past 20 years, 
ShawCor has achieved a compound annual growth rate of 14.8% 
in net income and, since going public in 1969, the company’s shares 
have generated a total return to shareholders of 13.0%, signifi cantly 
outperforming the 9.1% average of the TSX over the same period.

RECORD
PERFORMANCE

Of foremost importance, our record 
results were accompanied by ongoing 
improvement in our health and 
safety performance, with 32 of our 
65 manufacturing locations achieving 
incident and injury free (IIF) status 
in 2013. This performance included 
more than eight million hours of work 
at Bredero Shaw’s Kuantan, Malaysia 
and Kabil, Indonesia plants during the 
ramp up and execution of the Chevron 
Wheatstone project and the $400 million 
Inpex Ichthys gas export pipeline project, 
the latter representing the largest and 
one of the most complex pipe coating 
contracts in the Company’s history. 
  We also ended the year in a stronger 
competitive position. ShawCor is the 
undisputed leader in advanced pipeline 
coatings with a family of related energy 
services companies that command a 
signifi cant share in their respective 
markets. Our global network of more 
than 75 locations in 18 countries places 
ShawCor exactly where our customers 
need us, with a strong presence close 
to all of the world’s major oil and gas 
basins. Through continuous research 
and development of new technologies 

2 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

and an unrelenting commitment 
to fl awless execution, we have also 
succeeded in making ShawCor a trusted 
partner in the fastest growing segments 
of the energy industry, including the 
deepwater, shale, LNG and pipeline 
rehabilitation markets.

Our Strategy at Work
In April 2013, ShawCor completed the 
acquisition of the remaining 49 percent 
interest in Socotherm’s joint venture in 
Channelview, Texas. Formerly our largest 
pipe coating competitor, Socotherm 
has neatly complemented ShawCor’s 
strategic profi le with critically important 
locations in the Gulf of Mexico, Europe 
and South America. It has also brought 
us well-established client relationships, 
industry-leading technology in sub-
sea insulation coatings and a project 
backlog that exceeded $130 million 
at year-end. Having obtained full 
control of Socotherm in late 2012, 
we turned our attention to optimizing 
the division’s performance. Our main 
thrust is to bring operating standards 
up to the same level as Bredero Shaw’s 
through the application of the ShawCor 

Management System (SMS), while at the 
same time supporting the development of 
Socotherm’s next-generation deepwater 
insulation systems with ShawCor’s 
research and development capabilities 
and the ShawCor Subsea Test Facility.
  We were also pleased with the 
extraordinary growth of FlexPipe, which 
continues to expand both its geographic 
reach and product line. FlexPipe is 
benefi ting from an industry shift to 
spoolable composite pipe, which now 
commands approximately 20 percent 
of the market for oil and gas gathering 
lines up to 8 inches in diameter. This 
trend is expected to accelerate against 
a backdrop of growing activity in North 
American shale plays. At the same 
time, FlexPipe’s products have attracted 
growing interest in Australia and Latin 
America with international revenues 
expected to double during the next 
three years. In 2013, FlexPipe also began 
to conduct fi eld trials of the 6-inch 
version of FlexFlow™, its discreet length 
composite line pipe. Commercialization 
of the 6–8 inch FlexFlow™ composite 
products will expand FlexPipe’s potential 
market to greater than $4 billion.

  We have also strengthened our 
position in pipeline rehabilitation, 
which is expected to steadily grow to 
exceed 20 percent of ShawCor’s pipe 
coating revenue over the next 10 years. 
Sixty-two percent of North American 
pipeline infrastructure and forty-six 
percent of international pipeline 
infrastructure is over 21 years old. 
Rehabilitation of aging infrastructure is 
attracting growing investment in the 
wake of recent accidents and stricter 
regulatory standards. This trend also 
spells opportunity for Shaw Pipeline 
Services (SPS), whose latest real-time 
radiography system has achieved broad 
market acceptance upon introduction 
to the USA land market last year. Our 
Canusa-CPS division also completed 
the successful commercialization of 
the IntelliCOAT® system, which has 
automated the installation of fi eld-
applied joint protection and insulation 
systems with material improvements 
in speed, precision and cost. 

Abundant Opportunity for Growth
As described elsewhere in this report, 
the growth prospects for all of our 
divisions are supported by positive long-
term fundamentals. Energy demand is 
expected to increase 33 percent between 
now and 2035, led by economic growth 
in non-OECD nations. Meanwhile, 
the depletion rate for conventional 
energy reserves is expected to range 

between 6.2 percent and 7.5 percent 
each year. Energy producers will turn to 
progressively remote and challenging 
locations to bridge the gap, with an 
attendant increase in capital spending on 
new pipeline infrastructure and advanced 
technology. ShawCor is ideally positioned 
to benefi t from these trends.
  As for the immediate future, the 
focus of infrastructure investment 
is shifting to the Americas, Western 
Asia, Europe and Africa. With the 
Wheatstone and Inpex Ichthys projects 
largely behind us, ShawCor is projecting 
lower revenue and earnings in 2014, 
in spite of expected growth in Bredero 
Shaw’s regions other than Asia Pacifi c 
as well as ShawCor’s other divisions. 
This relative lull in our large project 
pipe coating business is expected to 
be short-lived. At year-end, ShawCor 
had issued fi rm bids on more than 
$900 million in new pipe coating 
projects, and was tracking in excess 
of $1 billion in additional projects that 
are in various stages of engineering or 
feasability evaluation. 

Passing the Torch
I’d like to personally thank the ShawCor 
Board of Directors for its support and 
to acknowledge the contribution of 
retiring Board members, Robert Ritchie, 
Heather Shaw and Zoltan Simo. 

It has been said that the measure of 
a good CEO is how well the company 

Chief Executive 
Offi  cer, William P. 
Buckley (left) with 
President, Steve Orr.

performs following their departure. 
After 20 years with ShawCor, including 
almost nine at the helm, I’d like to 
think this old adage is true. Among my 
reasons for confi dence in ShawCor’s 
future is the appointment of Steve 
Orr to succeed me as President and 
CEO on May 1, 2014. Steve is a proven 
international energy services veteran, 
with extensive experience in the 
development and commercialization 
of new technologies and the acquisition 
and integration of new businesses. 

In closing, I would like to extend my 
thanks and best wishes to all the people 
of ShawCor, many of whom I have had 
the privilege to know personally over 
the past 20 years. During this time, our 
annual revenues have increased from 
about $228 million to close to $2 billion 
today. Along the way, we succeeded 
in creating one of the world’s leading 
energy services companies. I am proud of 
what we have accomplished together and 
equally certain that the best chapters in 
ShawCor’s story are yet to be written.

Sincerely,

WILLIAM P. BUCKLEY
Chief Executive Offi  cer

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

3

 
 
 
SHAWCOR AT-A-GLANCE

8,000 DEDICATED 
EMPLOYEES 

INDUSTRY
LEADERSHIP

PIPELINE AND PIPE SERVICES

Bredero Shaw

FlexPipe Systems

Socotherm

Shaw Pipeline Services

Business 
Description

The global leader in pipe coating 
solutions for corrosion protection, 
fl ow assurance, insulation, 
fi eld joints and weight coating 
applications for onshore and 
off shore pipelines.

Leading manufacturer of 
fl exible composite pipe systems 
used for oil and gas gathering, 
water transportation, CO₂ 
injection and other corrosive 
applications that benefi t from 
the product’s pressure and 
corrosion resistance capabilities.

The world’s second largest 
provider of pipe coating solutions 
for corrosion protection, fl ow 
assurance, thermal insulation 
and concrete weight applications, 
strategically positioned to serve 
European, West African, South 
American and U.S. off shore markets.

A leader in specialized NDT 
inspection with a primary focus 
on both the upstream and 
downstream oil and gas industry 
where the division is the premier 
global provider of girth weld 
inspection services for land 
and off shore pipelines.

Key Customer 
Segments

•  Pipeline owners
•  Oil and gas producers
•  Pipeline contractors
•  Pipe mills

•  Oil and gas producers
•  Pipeline owners
•  Gas distributors

•  Oil and gas producers
•  EPC contractors
•  Pipe mills

•  Lay barge operators
•  Spool bases
•  Pipeline owners and contractors

High Growth 
Markets

•  Deepwater/Off shore
•  Onshore/Oil Sands
•  LNG/Enhanced Recovery
•  Rehabilitation/Shale Plays

•  Oil and Gas Gathering
•  Enhanced Recovery
•  CO₂ Injection
•  Water Transportation

•  Deepwater/Off shore
•  Onshore/Rehabilitation
•  Enhanced Recovery

•  Deepwater/Off shore
•  Onshore
•  Ultrasonic Inspection
•  Real Time Radiography

4 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

18 COUNTRIES
WORLDWIDE 

  COATING FACILITY

  PORTABLE COATING PLANT

  OTHER OPERATING FACILITY

OVER 
75 GLOBAL 
FACILITIES

Canusa-CPS

Guardian

DSG-Canusa

ShawFlex

PETROCHEMICAL AND INDUSTRIAL

The market leader in fi eld applied 
pipeline joint protection and 
insulation systems for onshore 
and off shore corrosion and 
thermal protection applications 
in the global oil, gas, water and 
insulated pipeline markets.

Leading provider of a complete 
range of tubular management 
solutions including integrated 
inspection, threading, 
refurbishment and inventory 
management. One of the largest 
OCTG inspection businesses in 
the USA, Canada and Mexico.

•  Oil and gas pipelines
•   District heating and 
cooling systems

•  Water and waste water pipelines

•  Drilling contractors
•  Oil and gas producers
•  Tubular rental companies

Leading global manufacturer of 
heat shrinkable tubing, sleeves 
and moulded products as well 
as heat shrink accessories and 
equipment with a manufacturing 
presence in three key markets: 
Americas, Europe and Asia/Pacifi c. 

World-class manufacturer of 
specialty wire and cable products 
for use in severe service industrial 
environments.

•  Automotive
•  Electrical/Utility
•  Communications
•  Aerospace/Defence/Mass Transit
•  Industrial

•  Petrochemical
•  Power generation
•  Pulp and paper
•  Mining
•  Automation

•  Deepwater/Off shore
•  Onshore/Oil Sands
•  LNG/Rehabilitation
•  Potable Water/District Heating

•  Onshore/Shale
•  Off shore Oil and Gas
•  Onshore/Oil Sands (SAGD)

•  Automotive
•  Communications
•  Aerospace/Defence/Mass Transit

•   Petrochemical/Power 
Generation/Nuclear

•  Primary Metals
•  Control & Automation/Robotics
•  Light Rail/Rapid Transit

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

5

 
Global energy producers are investing as never before 
in new pipeline infrastructure and advanced technological 
solutions to bring increasingly remote and challenging 
hydrocarbon resources to market. This is good news for 
ShawCor, the world’s leading pipe coating and related 
energy services company.

STRONG
FUNDAMENTALS

GLOBAL ENERGY DEMAND BY REGION
(millions of tonnes of oil equivalent)

GLOBAL ENERGY DEMAND BY FUEL
(millions of tonnes of oil equivalent)

THE CHALLENGE TO MEET GLOBAL DEMAND
(quadrillion BTU)

20,000

15,000

10,000

5,000

0

20,000

15,000

Other renewables

Non-OECD

10,000

OECD

5,000

0

Bioenergy
Hydro
Nuclear

Gas

Oil

Coal

450

400

350

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

Existing 
Natural Gas 
Supply

Existing 
Oil Supply

Increased 
Natural Gas 
Demand
Increased 
Oil Demand

Natural Gas 
to Offset
Depletion

Oil to Offset
Depletion

1990

2000

2010

2020

2030 2035

1990

2011

2020

2025

2030

2035

1980

1990

2000

2010

2020

2030

2040

Energy demand is expected to grow at 1.2% annually 
until 2035 with 96% of the demand coming from 
non-OECD countries in East Asia, the Middle East, 
Latin America and parts of Africa. 

While oil demand rises by a compound average 
growth rate of 0.5% until 2035, the corresponding 
growth rate for gas will be 1.6%, which translates 
to an increase of 50% during the period.

Meanwhile, depletion rates that average 6.2% to 
7.5% per year will keep driving producers to remote 
or technologically challenging hydrocarbon sources 
including deepwater, shale plays, LNG and oil sands.

Source: IEA World Energy Outlook to 2035

Source: IEA

Source: EIA, IEA

6 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

ShawCor’s growth prospects are supported by the strong, 
long-term fundamentals of the industry we serve. Between now 
and 2035, the world’s primary energy demand is expected to 
grow at a compound average annual growth rate of 1.2 percent 
per year, led by the fast-growing economies of Asia Pacifi c 
and other developing regions. Meanwhile, the depletion rate 
for existing hydrocarbon reserves is running at about 6.2 to 
7.5 percent per year and growing. To bridge this widening 
gap, the world’s leading energy producers are exploring 
and developing new energy deposits in increasingly remote 
and challenging locations. From the high Arctic to the deep 
oceans, to the shale plays and oil sands, the growth frontiers 
of oil and gas production are driving the need for new pipeline 
investment and innovative technological solutions. 
  What’s more, the capital investment required for the 
development of new hydrocarbon deposits is steadily 
increasing. During the 10-year period from 1995 to 2004, 
global capital expenditures on the development of new oil 
and gas resources exceeded US$2 trillion and resulted in a 
net increase in oil production of about 12 million barrels per 
day. Over the six-year period from 2005 to 2010, the energy 

industry invested about the same amount of capital without 
a corresponding net increase in production due to increasing 
rates of depletion in developed resources. This trend is 
expected to keep driving the level of investment as well as 
the related demand for advanced technological solutions 
that reduce risk and minimize recovery costs. 
  Meanwhile, expenditures on the maintenance and 
rehabilitation of existing land pipelines are expected to 
grow substantially. More than two-thirds of the global 
pipeline infrastructure was installed more than 20 years 
ago, before the advent of today’s advanced coating 
technologies. Increasing public awareness and tightening 
government regulation will continue to drive growth as 
aging infrastructure is inspected and replaced. 
  For all of these reasons, global spending on energy 
infrastructure is expected to remain strong in the years ahead. 
As the world’s market and technological leader in advanced 
pipeline coating systems and a diversifi ed energy services 
company active in all of the industry’s high-growth segments, 
ShawCor will continue to benefi t from these trends. 

INCREASING CAPITAL EXPENDITURES
($ billions)

AGING GLOBAL PIPELINE INFRASTRUCTURE
(%)

INCREASING PIPELINE INVESTMENT
(US$ billions)

800

700

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

OUTER C IRC LE
North America
p 19%  < 11 years
p 19%  11–20 years
p 62%  > 21 years

INNER CIRCLE
International
p 23%  < 11 years
p 31%  11–20 years
p 46%  > 21 years

300

200

100

0

2005

2007

2009

2011

2013 2014E

01

02 03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

Global exploration and development CAPEX has 
accelerated, averaging a compound annual growth 
rate of 0.9% between 1984 and 1999 compared to 
a corresponding average of 14.9% from 2010 to 2013. 

Aging pipeline systems are creating growing 
demand for pipeline inspection, maintenance and 
rehabilitation products and services.

Steadily growing energy demand, high depletion rates, 
increasingly remote and challenging resource plays 
and an aging pipeline infrastructure point to a high 
level of pipeline investment over the next fi ve years.

Source: Barclays 2014 E&P Spending Outlook

Source: Welling

Source: Oil and Gas Journal, Douglas-Westwood

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

7

 
ShawCor is the world’s largest provider of advanced pipeline 
coating systems and related energy services. Supported by 
an unrivaled network of strategic locations, market-leading 
technology, strong customer relationships and a reputation 
for superior execution, we are positioned for continuing 
growth in every important segment of the energy industry. 

FUNDAMENTAL
STRENGTHS

Unrivalled Global Network
ShawCor is the industry’s leading 
provider of advanced pipeline coatings 
with a network of 31 dedicated facilities. 
This means we are where our customers 
need us – in or near every one of the 
world’s major hydrocarbon basins. 
Our fi xed coating plant network is 
augmented by seven mobile facilities 
including our Brigden® coating plant, 
which can be assembled and running 
within six weeks, anywhere in the world.
  This unrivalled network also gives 
ShawCor the capacity to take on the 
world’s largest pipe coating projects. 
We are the only industry competitor, 
for instance, with two high-capacity 
coating plants in Asia Pacifi c. This has 

been an important factor in our success 
at securing recent contracts in the 
region. In 2013, our facilities in Kuantan, 
Malaysia and Kabil, Indonesia combined 
to provide fulfi llment on the $170 million 
Chevron Wheatstone project as well 
as the $400 million Inpex Ichthys gas 
export pipeline project. Our network 
of facilities in North America, Latin 
America, Europe and the Middle East 
positions us equally well as the bulk of 
new energy infrastructure investment 
shifts to those regions over the next 
two years. 
  ShawCor’s global network, including 
the facilities of our complementary 
composite pipe, joint protection, girth 
weld inspection and tubular management 

8 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

Right: Strategic 
capital investments 
in our pipe coating 
facilities at Kabil, 
Indonesia (above 
right) and Kuantan, 
Malaysia helped 
ShawCor achieve 
record revenue in 
Asia Pacifi c during 
the past year. 

WE SERVE
CUSTOMERS 
FROM OVER
75 FACILITIES 
LOCATED IN 
18 COUNTRIES 
WORLDWIDE

FUNDAMENTAL STRENGTHS

WE HAVE 
A STRONG 
FOUNDATION IN 
INNOVATIVE 
TECHNOLOGY

Opposite: Shaw 
Pipeline Services’ 
proprietary Real Time 
Radiography (RTR) 
inspection system has 
proved the viability of 
RTR technology in any 
pipeline environment. 

Far left: Our Brigden™ 
portable coating plant 
can be assembled and 
fully operational within 
six weeks, anywhere in 
the world.

Left: DSG-Canusa’s 
newly built German 
headquarters will 
increase capacity and 
reduce operating costs.

businesses, is also situated to ensure 
that we are strategically located to serve 
the fastest growing segments of the 
energy industry including deepwater, 
LNG, shale and pipeline rehabilitation. 

Technological Leadership 
ShawCor’s ability to develop the 
next-generation pipe coating systems 
required on new energy frontiers 
draws upon a rich heritage of scientifi c 
research and product development. 
Today, ShawCor holds 270 patents, 
with another 164 patents pending. 
We have also developed an additional 
86 proprietary formulations. We work 
in close collaboration with our clients 
to help them overcome technological 
barriers and introduce innovative 
products to the market every year. 
For example, in 2013 ShawCor 
developed SureBond™, which joins 
ShawCor’s High Performance Powder 
Coatings (HPPC) to provide next- 
generation coating solutions that 
are higher performing, tougher than 
existing systems and off er improved 
pipeline integrity.
  One of today’s most vital energy 
frontiers is deepwater and ultra-
deepwater oil and gas production, 
which is expected to increase by 
40 percent to 21.5 million barrels per 

day by 2018. To get there, the industry 
will have to overcome the limitations 
of conventional insulation coating 
systems, which cannot withstand the 
extreme temperatures and pressures 
deep below the ocean’s surface. In 2009, 
ShawCor introduced a solution to this 
problem with Thermotite® ULTRA™, 
an advanced insulation coating system 
that can withstand temperatures of 
up to 120°C and unlimited depths in 
its solid confi guration. Today, we are 
working on new products to help gain 
access to ultra-deep hydrocarbon 
deposits (8,200 feet below sea level 
and 16,400 feet below the ocean 
fl oor), as well as the development of a 
non-polymer based material that will 
withstand temperatures of up to 200°C 
and pressures of up to 4,300 psi.
  All of these revolutionary products 
are tested at our Subsea Test Facility in 
a Simulated Service Vessel where state-
of-the-art equipment is used to test 
and prove the thermal, compression 
resistance and fl ow-assurance 
capabilities of tomorrow’s insulation 
coatings and joint protection systems 
prior to installation. 
  The introduction of new technology 
also plays a key role in the market 
leadership of our other businesses. 
Canusa-CPS’s revolutionary IntelliCOAT®, 

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

11

   SHAWCOR LEADS 
THE INDUSTRY WITH

270

 ISSUED PATENTS

164

  PATENTS PENDING

86

PROPRIETARY 
FORMULATIONS

 
WE ARE 
UNIQUELY 
CAPABLE OF 
EXECUTING 
THE WORLD’S 
LARGEST 
PROJECTS

FUNDAMENTAL STRENGTHS

$60M

IN CUMULATIVE 
ANNUALIZED SAVINGS 
HAVE BEEN ATTAINED 
FROM SMS, WHILE 
DELIVERING LOWER 
COST, HIGHER 
QUALITY AND BETTER 
PERFORMANCE 
TO CLIENTS.

the world’s fi rst fully automated system 
for the application of heat-shrinkable 
sleeves, has gained market acceptance 
in the land pipeline markets.
  Another key advancement for 
ShawCor has been the development and 
deployment of Shaw Pipeline Service’s 
(SPS) proprietary Real Time Radiography 
weld inspection system. It helped fuel 
record fi nancial performance at SPS in 
2013, but more importantly, has served 
to prove the viability of RTR technology 
in an industry that is highly motivated 
to improve pipeline integrity.

Superior Execution
Although pipe coating typically 
represents less than fi ve percent of 
the total installed cost of new pipeline 
systems, it is considered a critical, 
strategic procurement item. Pipeline 
integrity is critical to the continuous 
operation of the world’s capital-intensive 
energy infrastructure projects and 

12 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

Top: Socotherm’s 
advanced Wetisokote® 
thermal insulation 
coating system undergoes 
infrared heating. 

Left: Investments at our 
Pozzallo, Italy facility are 
optimizing Socotherm’s 
performance and 
advancing the division’s 
leadership in deepwater 
insulation systems.

the coating systems we develop must 
satisfy strict performance specifi cations, 
sometimes for several decades. That is 
why the qualifi cation process is lengthy 
and complex for both the products 
and production sites of pipe coating 
providers. As a result of these factors, 
clients tend to buy repeatedly from 
trusted and proven partners. 
  As the world’s largest provider of 
advanced pipeline coatings, ShawCor 
enjoys strong and well-established 
relationships with all of the major 
energy companies, pipe mills, pipeline 
owners and energy pipeline contractors 
in our industry. We have earned their 
trust over many years with a track 
record of superior project execution, 
including the consistent delivery of 
high-quality products and services, 
and on-time, on-budget performance.
  The ShawCor Management System 
(SMS) is at the heart of our reputation 
for superior execution. First launched 

in 2006, SMS is an industry-leading 
continuous improvement program 
that combines the best elements of 
lean manufacturing, Six Sigma and 
other world-class manufacturing 
systems to drive excellence in ShawCor’s 
manufacturing and business processes. 
To date, we have achieved almost 
$60 million in cumulative annualized 
savings as a result of improved 
effi  ciencies, material variance reductions, 
manufacturing process improvements, 
standardized launch methodologies for 
new products and optimization of other 
business processes. Equally important, 
these improvements have translated into 
lower costs, higher quality and better on-
time performance for our customers. 

Broad Product Off ering
Because our clients prefer to deal with 
a few trusted suppliers who can meet 
most or all of their requirements, one 
of our key growth strategies is to deliver 

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

13

 
FUNDAMENTAL STRENGTHS

2013 MARKED THE 
DEVELOPMENT OF 
FLEXFLOW,™ FLEXPIPE’S 
FIRST LARGE DIAMETER 
COMPOSITE PIPE, INTO 
A TOTAL COMPOSITE 
MARKET PRESENTLY 
VALUED AT IN EXCESS OF

$4.0B

14 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

Left: FlexPipe entered 
the large diameter 
composite market 
space with the fi rst 
fi eld trials of FlexFlow™ 
6-inch discreet length 
composite line pipe. 

Right: Canusa-CPS’ 
IntelliCOAT™ has 
automated the 
installation of fi eld-
applied joint protection 
and insulation systems. 

Bottom: Pipe coated 
with Socotherm’s 
Wetisokote® fi ve-
layer insulation 
system destined for 
a subsea project. 

Solid Foundations
Another important factor in the 
competition for pipe coating business 
is the fi nancial strength of the supplier. 
The construction of the world’s largest 
energy infrastructure projects can 
extend over years and the enormous 
capital investment involved compels 
builders to minimize supply risk for 
all vital project components. 
  ShawCor has one of the strongest 
balance sheets in the industry and we 
intend to continue to limit net debt 
to capital to below 45 percent and net 
debt to EBITDA to below 1.5 times. 
With strong cash fl ow generation and 
in excess of $295 million in cash and 
available committed credit facilities 
at year-end, we have ample liquidity 
to make selective growth investments 
while maintaining our investment- 
grade profi le.

more compelling end-to-end 
solutions every year. Today, for 
example, ShawCor creates value 
at a number of the important stages 
in the pipeline construction process, 
including: the research, development 
and testing of new materials; providing 
a large range of insulation, fl ow-
assurance, weight and anti-buoyancy 
pipe coatings; project logistics; onsite 
welding inspection; and the automated 
application of joint protection systems. 
Through the manufacture of fl exible 
composite pipe systems and the 
provision of advanced tubular 
management solutions, we are also 
able to serve our clients in multiple 
energy segments. 
  Acquisitions will continue to play 
a major role in advancing ShawCor’s 
end-to-end solution strategy and in 
fact will be a higher priority over the 
next few years. Our future focus will 
be on transactions that leverage our 
market position and technological 
leadership and will result in portfolio 
expansion into diff erentiated products 
and services.

WE DELIVER 
INNOVATIVE 
AND HIGHLY 
DIFFERENTIATED 
PRODUCTS

FINANCIAL 
STRENGTH

20 YEAR NET INCOME
(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

20 YEAR TOTAL SHAREHOLDER RETURN
(in thousands of Canadian dollars)

Data for 2004 and 2005 refl ects income from continuing operations.

p  ShawCor Ltd. 

p  S&P/TSX Composite Index

350,000

300,000

250,000

200,000

150,000

100,000

50,000

0

1,400

1,200

1,000

800

600

400

200

0

93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13

93 94 95 96 97 98 99 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13

ShawCor is committed to achieving long term growth in net income of 15% 
per annum coupled with a return on invested capital (“ROIC”) in excess of 15%. 
Over the past 20 years, growth in net income has reached 14.8% on a compound 
annual basis and over the last 5 years the ROIC has averaged 15.4%.

ShawCor generated a 785% total return to shareholders over the last 20 years, 
yielding a compound annual growth rate of 11.5% (accounting for stock splits 
and assuming reinvested dividends). This compares favourably to the S&P/TSX 
Composite Index which realized 391% total return to shareholders (8.3% CAGR) 
over the same time period.

16 

SHAWC OR  LTD.

FINANCIAL
REVIEW

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis 

1.0  Executive Overview 
1.1  Core Businesses  
1.2  Vision and Objectives 
1.3  Key Performance Drivers 
1.4  Key Performance Indicators 
1.5  Capability to Deliver Results 

18

18
18
19
19
19
20

2.0  Financial Highlights 
2.1 
2.2  Foreign Exchange Impact 

21
 Selected Annual Financial Information  21
22

3.0 

 Business Developments 
for the Period 

4.0  Results from Operations 
4.1  Consolidated Information 
4.2  Segment Information 

22

24
24
25

5.0  Liquidity and Capitalization 
5.1 
5.2  Cash Used in Investing Activities 
5.3  Cash Used in Financing Activities 
5.4 
5.5 

26
 Cash Provided by Operating Activities  27
27
27
 Liquidity and Capital Resource Measures  27
 Contingencies and Off  
Balance Sheet Arrangements 

5.6  Long-Term Debt 
5.7 

 Financial Instruments and 
Other Instruments 

5.8  Outstanding Share Capital 

28
29

29
31

6.0 

 Quarterly Selected 
Financial Information 

6.1  Fourth Quarter Highlights 

32
32

7.0 

 Disclosure Controls and Internal 
Controls over Financial Reporting  33
34

7.1  Transactions with Related Parties 

8.0 

 Critical Accounting Estimates and 
Accounting Policy Developments  34
34

8.1  Critical Accounting Estimates 
 Accounting Standards Issued 
8.2 
but not yet Applied 
 New Accounting Standards Adopted  
 Impact of Adopting New 
Accounting Standards 

8.3 
8.4 

9.0  Outlook 

10.0  Risks and Uncertainties 
10.1  Economic Risks 
10.2  Litigation and Legal Risks 
10.3  HSE Risks 
10.4  Political and Regulatory Risks 

11.0  Environmental Matters 

12.0   Reconciliation of 

Non-GAAP Measures 

13.0  Forward-Looking Information 

35
35

37

42

43
43
44
44
44

45

45

46

Management’s Responsibility 
for Financial Statements 

Independent Auditors’ Report 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 

48

49

50

Consolidated Statements of Income  51

Consolidated Statements 
of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statements 
of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statements 
of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Consolidated 
Financial Statements 

Six-Year Review 

Quarterly Information 

ShawCor Directors 

Corporate Governance 

Primary Operating Locations 

Corporate Information 

52

53

54

55

101

101

102

103

104

IBC

ANNUAL REPORT 2 013 

17

 
MANAGEMENT’S 
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis (“MD&A”), is a discussion of the consolidated fi nancial position and results of operations of ShawCor 
Ltd. (“ShawCor” or “the Company”) for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 and should be read together with ShawCor’s audited consolidated 
fi nancial statements and accompanying notes for the same periods. All dollar amounts in this MD&A are in thousands of Canadian dollars except per share 
amounts or unless otherwise stated. 

This MD&A and the audited consolidated fi nancial statements and comparative information have been prepared in accordance with International Financial 
Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, which are also Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”) 
for publicly accountable enterprises in Canada. This MD&A contains forward-looking information and reference should be made to Section 13 hereof. As at 
January 1, 2013, the Company adopted certain new IFRS standards that were implemented with a transition date of January 1, 2012; accordingly, the fi nancial 
information for the year 2012 and periods therein has been restated to be in accordance with the new IFRS standards that were adopted on January 1, 2013. 
Please refer to Section 8.3 – New Accounting Standards Adopted and Section 8.4 – Impact of New Accounting Standards for more information. 

1.0  EXECUTIVE OVERVIEW

ShawCor is a growth oriented, global energy services company 
serving the Pipeline and Pipe Services and the Petrochemical and 
Industrial segments of the energy industry. The Company operates 
eight divisions with over seventy-fi ve manufacturing, sales and service 
facilities located around the world. The Company is publicly traded 
on the Toronto Stock Exchange. 

1.1  Core Businesses 
ShawCor provides a broad range of products and services, which include 
high quality pipe coating services, fl exible composite pipe, onshore and 
off shore pipeline corrosion and thermal protection, state-of-the-art 
ultrasonic and radiographic inspection services, tubular management 
services, heat-shrinkable polymer tubing and control, and instrumentation 
wire and cable.

The Company and its predecessors have designed, engineered, marketed 
and sold these products and services worldwide for over 50 years. 
ShawCor has made substantial investments in research and development 
initiatives and earned strong customer loyalty based on a history of 
project execution success. 

The Company operates in a highly competitive international business 
environment with its success attributed to its strategic global locations, 
its extensive portfolio of proprietary technologies and its commitment to 
the use of industry-leading business processes and programs. ShawCor 
is the world’s largest applicator of pipeline coatings for the oil and gas 
industry for both onshore and off shore pipelines.

The primary driver of demand for the Company’s products and services 
is the level of energy industry investment in pipeline infrastructure for 
hydrocarbon development and transportation around the globe. This 
investment, in turn, is driven by global levels of economic activity and 
the resulting growth in hydrocarbon demand, the impact of resource 
depletion on the supply of hydrocarbons and the fi nancial position of the 

major energy companies. The relationship between global hydrocarbon 
demand and supply and the level of energy industry investment in 
infrastructure tends to be cyclical.

As at December 31, 2013, the Company operated its eight divisions 
through two reportable operating segments: Pipeline and Pipe Services; 
and Petrochemical and Industrial.

Pipeline and Pipe Services
The Pipeline and Pipe Services segment is the largest segment of the 
Company and accounted for 91% of consolidated revenue for the year 
ended December 31, 2013. This segment includes the Bredero Shaw, 
Canusa-CPS, Shaw Pipeline Services, Flexpipe Systems, Socotherm and 
Guardian divisions. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Bredero Shaw’s product off erings include specialized internal 
anticorrosion and fl ow effi  ciency pipe coating systems, insulation 
coating systems, weight coating systems and custom coating and 
fi eld joint application services for onshore and off shore pipelines.

 Canusa-CPS manufactures heat-shrinkable sleeves, adhesives, 
sealants and liquid coatings for corrosion protection on onshore 
and off shore pipelines.

 Shaw Pipeline Services provides ultrasonic and radiographic pipeline 
girth weld inspection services to pipeline operators and construction 
contractors worldwide for both onshore and off shore pipelines.

 Flexpipe Systems manufactures spoolable composite pipe systems 
used for oil and gas gathering, water disposal, carbon dioxide injection 
pipelines and other applications requiring corrosion resistance and 
high pressure capabilities.

 Guardian provides a complete range of tubular management services 
including inventory management systems, mobile inspection, in-
plant inspection and the refurbishment and rethreading of drill pipe, 
production tubing and casing.

18 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

• 

 Socotherm provides specialized thermal insulation coatings, 
anticorrosion coatings, internal coatings, and concrete weight coatings 
for onshore and off shore pipelines.

Petrochemical and Industrial
The Petrochemical and Industrial segment, which includes the DSG-
Canusa and ShawFlex divisions, accounted for 9% of consolidated 
revenue for the year ended December 31, 2013. Operations within this 
segment utilize polymer and adhesive technologies that were developed 
for the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment and are now being applied to 
applications in Petrochemical and Industrial markets. 

• 

• 

 DSG-Canusa is a global manufacturer of heat-shrinkable products 
including thin, medium and heavy-walled tubing, sleeves and molded 
products as well as heat-shrink accessories and equipment.

 ShawFlex is a manufacturer of wire and cable for control, 
instrumentation, thermocouple, power, marine and robotics applications. 

1.2  Vision and Objectives
ShawCor’s vision and business strategy is to be the market leader and 
technology innovator with a primary focus on the global pipeline industry 
and to use this base as a platform to build an international energy services 
company while achieving the following key performance objectives:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 generate a Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”) of 15% over the full 
business cycle; 

 generate average annual net income growth of 15% over the full 
business cycle;

 continuously improve on an industry-leading health, safety and 
environmental (“HSE”) management system to support the Company’s 
commitment to an Incident and Injury Free (“IIF”) workplace;

 maintain a strong market share with each division being number one 
or a strong number two in its respective market;

 achieve fl awless execution supported by clear lines of accountability 
and responsibility;

 increase the fl ow of new products using the New Product 
Development system to achieve a minimum of 20% of revenue from 
new products introduced within the current or previous two years;

 achieve lowest cost producer status using the ShawCor Management 
System (“SMS”) program combined with eff ective global procurement;

 provide a reliable organization based on best practices in governance, 
fi nancial control and business processes; and

 provide a workplace and career growth environment that will attract 
and retain top calibre employees who are essential to achieving the 
corporate growth and profi tability objectives.

1.3  Key Performance Drivers
The Company believes the following key performance drivers are critical 
to the success of its businesses:

• 

• 

 demand for the Company’s products and services that is primarily 
determined by investment in new energy infrastructure necessary to 
supply global energy needs;

 current and forecasted oil and gas commodity prices and 
availability of capital to enable customers to fi nance energy 
infrastructure investment; 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 the Company’s competitive position globally and its ability to maintain 
operations in each of the major oil and gas producing regions;

 the Company’s technology and its ability to research and 
commercialize innovative products that provide added value to 
customers and provide competitive diff erentiation;

 the Company’s operational eff ectiveness and its ability to maintain 
effi  cient utilization of productive capacity at each geographic location;

 access to capital and maintenance of suffi  cient available liquidity to 
support continuing operations and fi nance growth activities;

 the ability to identify and execute successful business acquisitions 
that result in strategic global growth; and

• 

 the ability to attract and retain key personnel.

1.4  Key Performance Indicators
Several of the drivers identifi ed above are beyond the Company’s control; 
however, there are certain key performance indicators that the Company 
utilizes to monitor its progress in achieving its vision and performance 
objectives. These indicators are detailed below.

Certain of the following key performance indicators used by ShawCor 
are not measurements in accordance with GAAP, should not be 
considered as an alternative to net income or any other measure of 
performance under GAAP and may not necessarily be comparable 
to similarly titled measures of other entities. Refer to Section 12 – 
Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures, for additional information with 
respect to Non-GAAP measures used by the Company.

Net Income Growth
As part of its performance objectives, the Company has set a goal 
for average annual net income growth of 15% over the full business 
cycle, as described in Section 1.2 – Vision and Objectives. Net income 
(attributable to shareholders of the Company) increased by $41.6 million, 
or 23%, from $178.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 
$219.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase 
was mainly attributable to higher revenue in the Asia Pacifi c and North 
America regions in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment as described 
in Section 4.2.1 – Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, partially off set by 
an increase in selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses of 
$76.6 million as described in Section 4.1 – Consolidated Information. 

Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”)
ROIC, a non-GAAP measure, is defi ned as net income for the year adjusted 
for after tax interest expense divided by average invested capital for the 
most recently completed year. ROIC is used by the Company to assess 
the effi  ciency of generating profi ts from each unit of invested capital. As 
part of its performance objectives, the Company has set an ROIC target 
of 15%, as described in Section 1.2 – Vision and Objectives. The Company’s 
ROIC for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 was 23.5% and 
19.5%, respectively. The increase of 4.0 percentage points was primarily 
due to an increase in net income for the year adjusted for after tax 
interest expense of $52.0 million and was partially off set by an increase 
in average invested capital of $65.8 million.

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

19

 
The current level of working capital investment is expected to be 
suffi  cient to support the level of business activity projected in 2014; 
however, unexpected increases in business activity or specifi c pipe 
coating project requirements may result in higher working capital 
requirements. Any such increase in requirements will be fi nanced from 
the Company’s cash balances and available committed credit facilities. 
The Company had cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments 
of $86.0 million and $362.9 million as at December 31, 2013 and 2012, 
respectively, and had unutilized lines of credit available of $209.4 million 
and $164.8 million, as at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. 

The current fi nancial position of the Company is strong and the 
Company does not foresee any diffi  culties in maintaining a suffi  cient 
level of fi nancial capacity to execute the Company’s growth strategy. 

Please refer to Section 5 – Liquidity and Capitalization, for additional 
information with respect to the Company’s liquidity and fi nancial position.

Non-Capital Resources
The Company considers its people as the most signifi cant non-capital 
resource required in order to achieve the vision and objectives identifi ed 
above. The Company’s executives are comprised of senior business 
leaders who bring a broad range of experience and skill sets in the 
oil and gas industry, fi nance, tax, law and corporate governance. The 
leadership team’s experience combined with the employees’ knowledge 
and dedication to excellence has resulted in a long history of proven 
fi nancial success and stability, with the resulting creation of value for 
the Company’s stakeholders. 

On an ongoing basis, the Company monitors its succession planning 
program in order to mitigate the impact of planned or unplanned 
departures of key personnel. As at December 31, 2013, the Company 
believes it has suffi  cient human resources to operate its businesses 
at an optimal level and execute its strategic plan. 

Systems and Processes
Management regularly reviews the Company’s operational systems and 
processes and develops new ones as required. Key operational programs 
utilized by the Company during the year ended December 31, 2013 
included systems and controls over project bidding, capital expenditures, 
internal controls over fi nancial reporting, product development, HSE 
management and human resource development. In addition, the SMS 
program has been implemented to increase operating effi  ciency and 
achieve signifi cant cost savings in each of the Company’s eight divisions.

As at December 31, 2013, the Company believes it has suffi  cient systems 
and processes in place to operate its businesses at an optimal level and 
execute its strategic plan.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Employees
The Company conducts periodic employee surveys and monitors 
turnover in key personnel positions in order to assess employee 
engagement. 

Market Position
The Company’s record of successful project execution and the resulting 
repeat business demonstrate customer loyalty, which is one of many 
qualitative measures that the Company utilizes to measure customer 
satisfaction. The following table sets forth the relative market position 
by division within the markets that the Company operated in during the 
year ended December 31, 2013:

Bredero Shaw 
Canusa-CPS 
Shaw Pipeline Services 
Flexpipe Systems 
Guardian 
DSG-Canusa 
ShawFlex 
Socotherm 

Market Position

First
First
First
Third
First
Second
First
Second

Safety and Environmental Stewardship
The Company maintains a comprehensive HSE management system 
in place within each of its eight operating divisions and is committed 
to being an IIF workplace with no damage to the environment. For 
the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the 
Company had recordable injuries per million person hours worked 
of 5.9 and 6.2, respectively. During 2013, the Company completed 
30 HSE audits at manufacturing and service locations across all eight 
divisions and developed action plans to correct any defi ciencies 
identifi ed in the audits.

1.5  Capability to Deliver Results

Capital Resources
The Company operates in the global energy industry and, as a result, 
the operations of the Company tend to be cyclical. In addition, the 
Company can undertake major pipe coating projects anywhere in the 
world as part of its normal operations. These factors, as well as the 
Company’s growth initiatives, can result in variations in the amount 
of investment in property, plant and equipment, working capital and 
project guarantees required to support the Company’s businesses. 
The Company’s policy is to manage its fi nancial resources, including 
debt facilities, so as to maintain suffi  cient fi nancial capacity to fund 
these investment requirements.

Capital expenditures increased by $2.3 million from $74.4 million for 
the year ended December 31, 2012 to $76.7 million for the year ended 
December 31, 2013. The Company believes it has suffi  cient available 
resources and capacity to meet the market demand for its products and 
services in the markets where the Company operates. The Company 
may, however, incur new capital expenditures to facilitate growth in 
new markets.

20 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
2.0  FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

2.1  Selected Annual Financial Information

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Revenue 
Cost of Goods Sold and Services Rendered 

Gross Profi t  

Selling, general and administrative expenses  
Research and development expenses 
Foreign exchange (gains) losses  
Amortization of property, plant and equipment  
Amortization of intangible assets   
Loss on assets held for sale 
Gain on sale of land and other items 
Impairment of property, plant & equipment 

Income from Operations  

(Loss) income on investment in joint ventures   
Finance (costs) income, net  
Income (loss) on investment in associate 
Accounting gain on acquisition 

Income before income taxes  

Income taxes  
Non-controlling interests 

Net Income (attributable to shareholders of the Company)  

Net Income (attributable to shareholders of the Company)  
Add: 
  Non-controlling interest 

Income taxes 

  Accounting gain on acquisition   
  Finance (income) costs, net 

Impairment of property, plant & equipment   

  Gain on sale of land and other items 
  Loss on assets held for sale 
  Amortization of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets   

Twelve Months Ended December 31,

2013 

2012 

(restated) 

2011

$  1,847,549 

$  1,469,187 

$  1,157,265

  1,058,946 

788,603 

382,755 

15,687 

(4,936) 

66,484 

10,312 

3,683 

(5,156) 

– 

895,004 

574,183 

306,108 

12,242 

(109) 

44,985 

7,319 

– 

(12,101) 

4,686 

319,774 

211,053 

(3,874) 

(14,912) 

– 

– 

618 

1,360 

8,694 

413 

300,988 

222,138 

78,402 

2,724 

43,783 

45 

$ 

$ 

219,862 

219,862 

$ 

$ 

178,310 

178,310 

$ 

$ 

2,724 

78,402 

– 

14,912 

– 

(5,156) 

3,683 

76,796 

45 

43,783  

(413) 

(1,360) 

4,686 

(12,101) 

– 

52,304 

735,266

421,999

269,241

13,119

1,338

41,906

7,244

–

–

5,244

83,907

–

(4,507)

(10,133)

–

69,267

12,987

–

56,280

56,280

–

12,987

– 

4,507

5,244

–

–

49,150

EBITDA(a) 

$ 

391,223 

$ 

265,254 

$ 

128,168

Earnings Per Share 
  Basic (Common in 2013; Classes A and B in 2012 and 2011) 
  Diluted (Common in 2013; Classes A and B in 2012 and 2011) 

Cash Dividends per Share 
  Common Shares 
  Class A 
  Class B 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3.55 

3.51 

1.375 

0.100 

0.091 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2.53 

2.50 

– 

0.380 

0.345 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

0.79

0.78

–

0.315

0.286 

(a)   Earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) is a non-GAAP measure and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or any other measure 

of performance under GAAP. Non-GAAP measures do not have standardized meanings under IFRS. The Company’s method of calculating these measures may diff er from other entities and as 
a result may not necessarily be comparable to measures used by other entities. Refer to Section 12 – Reconciliation of non-GAAP measures, for additional information with respect to other non-
GAAP measures used by the Company.

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

December 30,  
2013 

December 31,
2012

Total Assets 
Total Non-current Liabilities 

$  1,651,928 

$  1,888,873

$ 

542,278 

$ 

211,651

2.2  Foreign Exchange Impact
The following table sets forth the signifi cant currencies in which the 
Company operates and the average foreign exchange rates for these 
currencies versus Canadian dollars, for the following periods:

Revenue 
Consolidated revenue increased by 26%, or $378.4 million, 
from $1,469.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 
$1,847.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, due to an 
increase of $363.5 million in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment 
and $15.4 million in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment 
(refer to Section 4.2 – Segment Information for further details).

Revenue increased by $311.9 million, or 27%, from $1,157.3 million in 
the year ended December 31, 2011 to $1,469.2 million in the comparable 
period in 2012, primarily as a result of increased market activity in 
both the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment and the Petrochemical 
and Industrial segment (refer to Section 4.2 – Segment Information for 
further details). 

Income from Operations 
Income from operations increased by $108.7 million from the twelve 
month period ended December 31, 2012 to $319.8 million during the 
comparable period in 2013. Operating Income benefi ted from a year over 
year increase in gross profi t of $214.4 million, an increase in net foreign 
exchange gain of $4.8 million and an impairment charge of $4.7 million 
incurred in 2012. This was partially off set by increases in SG&A expenses 
of $76.6 million, research and development expenses of $3.4 million, 
amortization of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets of 
$24.5 million, a lower gain on sale of land of $6.9 million and a loss on 
assets held for sale of $3.7 million.

Income from operations increased by $127.2 million, or 152%, from 
$83.9 million in 2011 to $211.1 million in 2012. Revenue increased 
$311.9 million as explained above, with an increase in gross profi t of 
$152.2 million and a gain on sale of land of $12.1 million, partially off set 
by an increase in SG&A expenses of $36.9 million and an increase in 
amortization expenses pertaining to property, plant, equipment and 
intangibles of $3.2 million.

Net Income
Net income (attributable to shareholders of the Company) increased by 
$41.6 million, from $178.3 million during the twelve-month period ended 
December 31, 2012 to $219.9 million during the twelve-month period 
ended December 31, 2013, mainly due to higher Operating Income 
of $108.7 million in 2013 as explained above. This was partially off set 
by increases in net fi nance costs of $16.3 million, income tax expense 
of $34.6 million and income on investment in associate of $8.7 million 
recorded in 2012.

Net income (attributable to shareholders of the Company) increased 
by $122.0 million, or 217%, from $56.3 million in 2011 to $178.3 million 
in 2012. The increase was primarily due to the increase in income from 
operations as explained above, increased income from investment 
in associate of $18.8 million and an increase in net fi nance income 
of $5.9 million, partially off set by an increase in income taxes of 
$30.8 million.

US Dollar 
Euro 
British Pound 

Year Ended December 31 
2012

2013 

1.0324 

1.3734 

1.6204 

1.0036

1.2921

1.5888

The following table sets forth the impact on revenue, income from 
operations and net income (attributable to the shareholders of the 
Company), compared with the prior year period, as a result of foreign 
exchange fl uctuations on the translation of foreign currency operations.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

Revenue 
Income from operations 
Net income 

$ 

41,839

13,229

(attributable to shareholders of the Company) 

$ 

11,963

In addition to the translation impact noted above, the Company 
recorded a foreign exchange gain of $6.3 million in the fourth quarter of 
2013, compared to a gain of $0.8 million for the comparable period in 
the prior year, as a result of the impact of changes in foreign exchange 
rates on monetary assets and liabilities and short-term foreign currency 
intercompany loans within the group, net of hedging activities.

3.0  BUSINESS DEVELOPMENTS FOR THE PERIOD

Strategic Review and Reorganization
On August 30, 2012, Ms. Virginia Shaw, the Chair of the ShawCor Board 
of Directors and the indirect controlling shareholder (the “Controlling 
Shareholder”) of the Company, advised the Board of Directors that she 
was prepared to consider a possible sale of her shares of ShawCor as 
part of a sale of the Company.

The Board struck a committee of independent directors (the “Special 
Committee”) to conduct a strategic review of alternatives, including 
canvassing potentially interested third parties to determine if an appropriate 
transaction was available that would be acceptable to Ms. Shaw and 
would be in the best interests of ShawCor and its shareholders. 

On January 14, 2013, the Company announced that the Board of 
Directors of ShawCor, after careful analysis, consideration and advice 
from the Special Committee, and advice from independent fi nancial and 
legal advisors, had unanimously approved and the Company had entered 
into a defi nitive agreement with respect to a reorganization proposal 
negotiated by the Special Committee with the Controlling Shareholder. 
The Chair and the Vice-Chair abstained from voting on the transaction. 

The proposed reorganization was implemented pursuant to a 
court-approved Plan of Arrangement (“Arrangement”) under the 
Canada Business Corporations Act. The shareholders’ meeting to 
consider the Arrangement took place on March 14, 2013 where the 
ShawCor shareholders overwhelmingly approved the transaction.

22 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Arrangement obtained fi nal approval by the Ontario Superior Court 
of Justice at a hearing held on March 18, 2013, and the Arrangement 
became eff ective on March 20, 2013. 

Terms of the Arrangement 
The reorganization eliminated ShawCor’s dual class share structure 
through the purchase of all of the Class A subordinate voting and 
Class B multiple voting shares of ShawCor by a newly formed Canadian 
corporation. This new corporation purchased all of the Class A subordinate 
voting shares of ShawCor in exchange for new common shares on a 1:1 
basis. The new corporation also acquired all of the Class B multiple voting 
shares of ShawCor in exchange for a mix of new common shares and cash. 
The consideration paid for the Class B multiple voting shares of ShawCor 
was $43.43 in cash or 1.1 new common shares per Class B multiple voting 
share, such that 90% of the total consideration was paid in cash and 10% 
of the total consideration was paid in new common shares. At closing, the 
new corporation and ShawCor amalgamated under the name ShawCor 
Ltd. As a result of the completion of the Arrangement, the total number 
of common shares outstanding decreased by 11,356,951 shares or 
16.2%. Following closing, a special dividend of $1.00 per common share 
of ShawCor payable pursuant to the Arrangement was paid on April 19, 
2013 to shareholders of record at the close of business on April 4, 2013.

Long Term Senior Notes and Extension of Credit Facilities
On March 20, 2013, the Company completed a private placement of 
unsecured senior notes (“Senior Notes”) in the amount of US$350 million 
and increased its existing unsecured revolving credit facility by 
US$100 million to US$250 million, extended the facility’s term to fi ve 
years and obtained a reduction in interest rates payable thereunder.

Acquisition of Remaining 49% of Socotherm Gulf of Mexico, LLC
On April 15, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of the 
remaining 49% of Socotherm S.p.A.’s joint venture in the USA for total 
consideration of approximately $30 million, including the assumption of 
bank debt. The venture has a strategically located facility in Channelview, 
Texas which provides anticorrosion and advanced insulation coatings for 
global off shore applications, including in the Gulf of Mexico and West 
African markets. 

ShawCor Names New President 
On September 3, 2013, the Company appointed Steve Orr as President 
of ShawCor Ltd. Bill Buckley, formerly President and Chief Executive 
Offi  cer, will continue as Chief Executive Offi  cer. These changes are 
part of ShawCor’s ongoing management succession plan. As President, 
Mr. Orr will be based in Toronto, Ontario, will report to the Chief Executive 
Offi  cer and will assume responsibility for the Bredero Shaw, Canusa-CPS, 
Guardian, DSG-Canusa and ShawFlex divisions of the Company. 

Steve Orr most recently held a senior executive position with a leading 
global energy services company. Over his more than 20 year career with 
this company, he has served in senior roles in many locations throughout 
North America, Europe and the Asia Pacifi c region. He brings to the 
offi  ce of President, ShawCor Ltd. a deep knowledge, skill and experience 
in the global energy service industry and will support the Company’s 
continuing global growth trajectory. 

Sale of Brazilian Joint Venture Interest 
On December 4, 2013, the Company announced an agreement for the 
sale, subject to regulatory approval, of its Socotherm division’s joint 
venture interest in Socotherm Brasil to its joint venture partner, Tenaris. 
Socotherm Brasil operates a pipe coating facility which is managed 
by Tenaris and which is located at the Confab welded pipe mill in 
Pindamonhangaba, Brazil. 

From the sale, ShawCor expects to realize net proceeds of approximately 
US$28.5 million, with a further potential earn out based on future 
performance.  In the fourth quarter, the Company recorded a net loss of 
$8.3 million from the Brazilian Joint Venture, comprised of a $2.8 million 
loss on investment in joint venture, a $0.9 million loss on assets held 
for sale, $2.7 million in income taxes on the sale, and a $1.9 million 
loss included in non-controlling interest. This non-controlling interest 
expense represents the minority interest share of the gain reported at 
the Socotherm subsidiary level, notwithstanding the fact that there is a 
loss on the sale at a ShawCor consolidated level.

The sale of Socotherm’s joint venture interest in Socotherm Brasil is 
consistent with ShawCor’s strategy to focus its pipe coating investments 
on operations it manages and controls. Following the sale, ShawCor will 
continue to serve Tenaris’ global pipe coating needs and the Brazilian 
pipe coating market from its global pipe coating plant network. 

Development Agreement with Vintri Technologies Inc.
On December 20, 2013, ShawCor entered into a development agreement 
with Calgary, Alberta based Vintri Technologies Inc. (“Vintri”), whereby 
Vintri will develop for ShawCor’s Bredero Shaw division, a cloud based 
plant management and shop fl oor data collection system providing 
accurate asset identifi cation and traceability. In consideration for the 
development agreement, ShawCor has been provided a minority equity 
interest in Vintri for nil consideration.

Equity Investment in Zedi Inc.
On February 20, 2014, ShawCor completed an equity investment in Zedi 
Inc. (“Zedi”), a Calgary, Alberta based company engaged in end-to-end 
solutions for production operations management in the oil and gas 
industry. Zedi has successfully developed and deployed remote fi eld 
monitoring and related data management solutions for the optimization 
of oil and gas well production and has recently completed a management 
led buyout through an Alberta court and shareholder approved plan 
of arrangement. ShawCor’s equity investment in Zedi will consist of a 
25% common share interest plus convertible preferred shares for a total 
investment of approximately $24 million, which will be accounted for 
using equity accounting. ShawCor and Zedi have also entered into a joint 
development agreement to work together to develop monitoring and 
connectivity solutions for pipeline and OCTG applications. 

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

23

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

4.0  RESULTS FROM OPERATIONS

4.1  Consolidated Information

Revenue
The following table sets forth revenue by reportable operating segment for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Pipeline and Pipe Services  
Petrochemical and Industrial 
Elimination 

Consolidated 

2013 

2012 

Change

$  1,687,768 

$  1,324,215  

$ 

363,553

162,449 

(2,668) 

147,068 

(2,096) 

15,381

(572)

$  1,847,549 

$  1,469,187 

$ 

378,362

Consolidated revenue increased by 26%, or $378.4 million, from 
$1,469.2 million for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2012 
to $1,847.5 million for the twelve month period ended December 31, 
2013, due to increases of $363.5 million in the Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment and $15.4 million in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

Revenue for the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment in 2013 was 
$1,687.8 million, $363.6 million, or 27%, higher than in 2012, primarily 
due to higher revenue in Asia Pacifi c and North America, partially off set 

by lower activity in EMAR and Latin America. See Section 4.2.1 – Pipeline 
and Pipe Services segment for additional disclosure with respect to the 
change in revenue in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment.

Revenue for the Petrochemical and Industrial segment increased by 
$15.4 million, or 10%, in 2013 compared to 2012, primarily due to 
higher activity levels in all regions. See Section 4.2.2 – Petrochemical and 
Industrial segment for additional disclosure with respect to the change in 
revenue in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

Income from Operations
The following table sets forth income from operations (“Operating Income”) and Operating Margin for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Income from Operations 
Operating Margin(a) 

(a) Operating Margin is defi ned as Operating Income divided by revenue.

2013 

2012 

Change

$ 

319,774 

$ 

211,053 

$ 

108,721

17.3% 

14.4% 

28.7% 

Operating Income increased by $108.7 million from the twelve month 
period ended December 31, 2012 to $319.8 million for the full year 2013. 
The increase in Operating Income resulted from a year over year increase 
in gross profi t of $214.4 million, an increase in net foreign exchange gain 
of $4.8 million and an impairment charge of $4.7 million incurred in 2012. 
This was partially off set by increases in SG&A expenses of $76.6 million, 
research and development expenses of $3.4 million, amortization of 
property, plant, equipment and intangible assets of $24.5 million, a 
lower gain on sale of land of $6.9 million and a loss on assets held for 
sale of $3.7 million.

The increase in gross profi t resulted from higher revenue of 
$378.4 million and a 3.6 percentage point improvement in gross margin 
attributable to favourable project mix and better facility utilization and 
absorption of overheads, particularly in the Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment’s Asia Pacifi c region.

SG&A expenses increased by $76.6 million in 2013 compared to 2012, 
primarily as a result of higher SG&A costs of $25.3 million following the 
acquisition and full consolidation of Socotherm, one-time restructuring 
costs and amended executive retirement arrangements of $10.7 million 
recorded in the fourth quarter of 2013, and $13.6 million incurred to 
complete the Company’s Plan of Arrangement on March 20, 2013 
and related expenses associated with amended executive retirement 
arrangements, recorded in the fi rst quarter of 2013. In addition, 
personnel related costs and management incentive compensation 
expenses were higher by $12.6 million, building rental, insurance and 
equipment costs were higher by $5.4 million, legal and professional 
consulting fees were higher by $6.9 million and provisions for bad debts, 
warranty and other items increased by $6.0 million, partially off set by 
one-time strategic review expenses of $4.0 million incurred in the fourth 
quarter of 2012.

Finance Costs, Net
The following table sets forth the components of fi nance costs, net for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Interest income on short-term deposits 
Interest expense, other 
Interest expense on long-term debt 

Finance costs (income) – net 

24 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 2013 

2012 

$ 

(1,156) 

$ 

(2,767) 

$ 

5,949 

10,119 

1,407 

– 

Change

1,611

4,542

10,119

$ 

14,912 

$ 

(1,360) 

$ 

16,272

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, net fi nance cost was 
$14.9 million, compared to a net fi nance income of $1.4 million during 
the comparable period of 2012, as a result of interest on long-term senior 
notes issued on March 20, 2013, higher other interest expenses on bank 
loans and overdrafts and lower interest income on short-term deposits.

Income Taxes
The Company recorded an income tax expense of $78.4 million (26% 
of income before income taxes) during the twelve-month period ended 
December 31, 2013, compared to an income tax expense of $43.8 million 
(20% of income before income taxes) during the twelve-month period 

ended December 31, 2012. The eff ective income tax rate for the twelve 
months ending December 31, 2013 is lower than the expected income 
tax rate of 27% due to income being earned in jurisdictions where the 
tax rate is 25% or less, with this benefi t partially off set by the incurrence 
of tax losses in jurisdictions where the Company was unable to record 
a tax benefi t during the year. In 2012, the low tax rate was due to a higher 
proportion of the Company’s taxable income having been earned in the 
Trinidad Free Zone, Asia Pacifi c, the Middle East and other jurisdictions 
where the tax rate is 25% or less. 

4.2  Segment Information

4.2.1  Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment
The following table sets forth, by geographic location, the Revenue, Operating Income and Operating Margin for the Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except Operating Margin) 

North America 
Latin America 
EMAR 
Asia Pacifi c 

Total Revenue 

Operating Income 
Operating Margin 

• 

• 

 For the twelve month period ended December 31, 2013, revenue 
in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment was $1,687.7 million, 
an increase of $363.6 million, or 28%, from $1,324.2 million in the 
comparable period in the prior year. Activity levels in Asia Pacifi c and 
North America were higher in 2013 compared to 2012, partially off set 
by a decrease in EMAR and Latin America revenue:

• 

• 

 In North America, revenue increased by $67.2 million, or 11%, 
primarily due to increased fl exible composite pipe revenue in the 
USA, the acquisition of Socotherm Gulf of Mexico, increased pipe 
weld inspection service revenue in the USA and higher large diameter 
project revenues in Canada, partially off set by lower pipe coating 
activity in the USA.

• 

 In Latin America, revenue was lower by $3.0 million, or 2%, mainly due 
to lower activity levels in Mexico and Brazil, partially off set by the full 
year inclusion of Socotherm Argentina.

2013 

2012 

Change

$ 

671,317 

$ 

604,106 

$ 

67,211

161,627 

191,814 

663,010 

164,649 

221,471 

333,989 

$  1,687,768 

$  1,324,215 

$ 

365,122 

$ 

236,689 

21.6% 

17.9% 

$ 

$ 

(3,022)

(29,657)

329,021

363,553

128,433

3.7%

 In EMAR, revenue decreased by $29.7 million, or 13%, primarily due 
to decreased pipe coating activity levels in Ras al-Khaimah (“RAK”) and 
Leith, Scotland, partially off set by increased volumes at the Orkanger, 
Norway facility and the full year inclusion of Socotherm, Italy.

 Revenue in Asia Pacifi c increased by $329.0 million, or 99%, mainly 
due to execution of the Inpex Ichthys gas export pipeline and 
the Chevron Wheatstone projects in both Kuantan, Malaysia and 
Kabil, Indonesia.

Operating Income for the twelve month period ended December 31, 
2013 was $365.1 million compared to $236.7 million for the twelve 
month period ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $128.4 million, 
or 54%. The increase in Operating Income was due to an increase 
in gross profi t of $203.9 million due to the increase in revenue of 
$363.6 million, as explained above, and a 3.6 percentage point increase 
in gross margin due to favourable project mix, better facilities utilization 
and the absorption of overheads, particularly at the Company’s two pipe 
coating facilities in Asia Pacifi c. The increase in gross profi t was partially 
off set by higher SG&A expenses and amortization of property, plant, 
equipment and intangibles as explained in Section 4.1 above.

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

4.2.2  Petrochemical and Industrial Segment
The following table sets forth, by geographic location, the revenue, Operating Income and Operating Margin for the Petrochemical and Industrial 
segment for the following periods:

North America 
EMAR 
Asia Pacifi c 

Total Revenue 

Operating Income 
Operating Margin 

2013 

$ 

101,117 

$ 

55,457 

5,875 

162,449 

20,576 

12.7% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2012 

92,551 

50,496 

4,021 

147,068 

19,886 

13.5% 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Change

8,566

4,961

1,854

15,381

690

(0.8)%

Revenue increased in the twelve month period ended December 31, 2013 by $15.4 million, or 11%, to $162.4 million, compared to the comparable 
period in 2012, due to increased shipments of wire and cable products to the North American electrical utilities, nuclear and oil sands markets 
combined with increased heat shrink tubing product shipments in all three regions.

Operating Income for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2013 was $20.6 million compared to $19.9 million for the twelve month period 
ended December 31, 2012, an increase of $0.7 million, or 3%. The increase was primarily due to higher revenue and gross profi t, partially off set by 
higher SG&A costs resulting from the one-time restructuring costs of $3.2 million at the DSG Canusa facilities in Europe.

4.2.3  Financial and Corporate
Financial and corporate costs include corporate expenses not allocated to the operating segments and other non-operating items, including foreign 
exchange gains and losses on foreign currency denominated cash and working capital balances. The corporate division of the Company only earns 
revenue that is considered incidental to the activities of the Company. As a result, it does not meet the defi nition of a reportable operating segment 
as defi ned under IFRS.

The following table sets forth the Company’s unallocated fi nancial and corporate expenses, before foreign exchange gains and losses, for the years 
ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Financial and Corporate Expenses 

2013 

2012 

Change

$ 

(70,860) 

$ 

(45,631) 

$ 

(25,229)

Financial and corporate costs increased by $25.2 million from the twelve month period ended December 31, 2012 to $70.9 million for the twelve 
month period ended December 31, 2013. The increase was due to one-time costs of restructuring and amended executive retirement arrangements 
recorded in the fourth quarter of 2013 of $5.5 million, $13.6 million incurred to complete the Company’s Plan of Arrangement on March 20, 2013 and 
related expenses associated with amended executive retirement arrangements and due to increases of $4.7 million in personnel and management 
incentive compensation costs and $5.9 million in legal, professional consulting and research and development expenses.

5.0  LIQUIDITY AND CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth the Company’s cash fl ows by activity and cash balances for the following periods:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Net Income  
Non-cash items 
Settlement of decommissioning liability obligations  
Settlement of provisions 
Increase in non-current deferred revenue 
Change in employee future benefi ts 
Change in non-cash working capital and foreign exchange 

Cash provided by operating activities 
Cash used in investing activities   
Cash used in fi nancing activities   
Eff ect of foreign exchange on cash and cash equivalents 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year 

26 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

2013 

2012

$ 

222,586 

$ 

178,355

115,603 

(817) 

(19,449) 

(64,392) 

(20,994) 

40,554

(1,580)

(7,292)

64,392

1,168

(200,273) 

254,915

32,264 

(38,066) 

(215,734) 

15,950 

(205,586) 

284,981 

530,512

(249,741)

(52,875)

548

228,444

56,537

$ 

79,395 

$ 

284,981

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company expects to generate suffi  cient cash fl ows and or have 
access to its credit facilities to meet contractual, obligations, planned 
development and growth initiatives as and when they are required. 
The Company expects that working capital investment will be required 
to support revenue growth consistent with historical working capital 
measures as noted in Section 5.4 The Company typically utilizes its 
available cash balances and its committed credit facilities to fund 
working capital requirements. 

5.1  Cash Provided by Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities decreased by $498.2 million from 
$530.5 million during 2012 to $32.3 million during 2013. The decrease 
was due to a net increase in non-cash working capital and foreign 
exchange of $455.2 million and a net reduction in non-current deferred 
revenue of $128.8 million in 2013 compared to the prior year. This was 
partially off set by an increase in net income of $44.2 million and an 
increase in non-cash items of $75.0 million. The increase in non-cash 
working capital and foreign exchange was mainly due to a net decrease 
in the current portion of deferred revenue of $642.3 million in 2013 
compared to 2012, partially off set by increases in accounts receivable of 

$84.9 million and inventories of $34.5 million in 2012 compared to 2013. 
Net income increased due to higher revenue and Operating Income as 
discussed in Section 4.1.

5.2  Cash Used in Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities decreased by $211.7 million from 
$249.7 million during 2012 to $38.1 million during 2013. The decrease 
was primarily due to the redemption of short-term investments 
of $71.3 million in 2013 compared to the purchase of short-term 
investments of $67.4 million in 2012. This was partially off set by a net 
reduction of $59.5 million in loans receivable in 2013 compared to the 
prior year and reduced spending on acquisitions by $26.9 million. 

5.3  Cash Used in Financing Activities
Cash used in fi nancing activities increased by $162.9 million, from 
$52.9 million during 2012 to $215.7 million during 2013. This was 
primarily due to the purchase of the Company’s Class B multiple voting 
shares under the Company’s Plan of Arrangement in the amount of 
$503.1 million and higher dividend payments of $62.2 million during 
2013. This was partially off set by the proceeds of long-term debt net 
of deferred fi nancing expenses of $356.3 million in 2013. 

5.4  Liquidity and Capital Resource Measures

Accounts Receivable
The following table sets forth the Company’s average trade accounts receivable – net balance and days sales outstanding in trade accounts 
receivables (“DSO”) as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DSO) 

Average trade accounts receivable  
DSO(a) 

2013 

2012 

Change

$ 

248,944 

$ 

272,218 

$ 

(23,274)

55 

56 

(1) 

(a)   DSO, a non-GAAP measure, is the average number of days that trade accounts receivables-net are outstanding based on a 90-day cycle. The Company’s method of calculating this measure may 
diff er from other entities and as a result may not necessarily be comparable to measures used by other entities. See Section 12 – Reconciliation of non-GAAP measures for additional information 
with respect to DSO.

Average trade accounts receivables decreased by $23.3 million from $272.2 million as at December 31, 2012 to $248.9 million as at December 31, 
2013 as a result of decreased business activity. DSO decreased by 1 day from 56 during the fourth quarter of 2012 to 55 during the fourth quarter 
of 2013, primarily due to the timing of sales and collection of receivables in the fourth quarter of 2013 compared to the fourth quarter of 2012.

Inventories
The following table sets forth the Company’s inventories balance as at: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Inventories 

2013 

2012 

Change

$ 

180,876 

$ 

188,347 

$ 

(7,471)

Inventories decreased by $7.5 million from $188.3 million as at December 31, 2012 to $180.9 million as at December 31, 2013, due to a reduction 
in work in process inventory of $6.6 million and a reduction in fi nished goods inventory of $6.9 million, partially off set by an increase in raw materials 
of $2.7 million. 

Accounts Payable
The following table sets forth the Company’s average accounts payable balance and days of purchases outstanding in accounts payable and accrued 
liabilities (“DPO”) as at: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars, except DPO) 

Average accounts payable and accrued liabilities  
DPO(a) 

2013 

2012 

Change

$ 

240,639 

$ 

196,293 

$ 

44,346

88 

68 

20 

(a)   DPO, a non-GAAP measure, is the number of days from when purchased goods and services are received until payment is made to the suppliers based on a 90-day cycle. The Company’s 
method of calculating this measure may diff er from other entities and as a result may not necessarily be comparable to measures used by other entities. See Section 12 – Reconciliation of 
non-GAAP measures, for additional information with respect to DPO.

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Average accounts payable and accrued liabilities increased by $44.0 million, or 22%, from $196.3 million as at December 31, 2012, to $240.6 million as 
at December 31, 2013. DPO increased by 20 days in the same period, driven by an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities and the timing 
of purchases in the fourth quarter of 2013 compared with the prior year.

5.5  Contingencies and Off  Balance Sheet Arrangements

Commitments and Contingencies
As part of the Company’s normal operations, it often enters into contracts, such as leases and purchase contracts, which obligate the Company to make 
disbursements in the future. The following table summarizes these future payments required in respect of the Company’s contractual obligations:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

$ 

Purchase commitments 
Operating leases 
Bank indebtedness 
Accounts payable 
Decommissioning liabilities 
Deferred purchase consideration   
Obligations under fi nance leases 
Loans payable 
Long-term debt 
Finance costs on long-term debt 

2014 

43,614 

17,619 

5,290 

91,215 

3,412 

21,618 

938 

126 

– 

2015 

2016 

2017 

2018 

After 2018 

$ 

– 

$ 

– 

$ 

– 

$ 

– 

$ 

– 

$ 

13,449 

8,201 

6,556 

3,624 

10,176 

– 

– 

1,768 

– 

1,486 

– 

– 

– 

– 

4,537 

– 

1,486 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

1,486 

– 

– 

– 

– 

967 

– 

1,486 

– 

– 

Total

43,614

59,625

5,290

91,215

31,751

21,618

20,774

126

374,381

133,677

– 

– 

21,067 

– 

13,892 

– 

374,381 

68,232 

13,089 

13,089 

13,089 

13,089 

13,089 

Total contractual obligations 

$  196,921 

$ 

29,792 

$ 

27,313 

$ 

21,131 

$ 

19,166 

$ 

487,748 

$ 

782,071

The following table sets forth the Company’s future minimum fi nance 
lease payments:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Total future minimum lease payments 
Less: imputed interest 

Balance of obligations under fi nance leases 
Less: current portion 

2013

$ 

20,774

(6,460)

14,314

(487)

Non-current obligations under fi nance leases 

$ 

13,827

As at December 31, 2013, the Company has not entered into any 
material commitments for capital expenditures. 

Legal Claims
In the ordinary course of business activities, the Company may be 
contingently liable for litigation and claims with customers, suppliers, 
ex-employees and other third parties. Management believes that 
adequate provisions have been recorded in the accounts where required. 
Although it is not possible to estimate the extent of potential costs and 
losses, if any, management believes, but can provide no assurance, that 
the ultimate resolution of such contingencies would not have a material 
adverse eff ect on the consolidated fi nancial position of the Company.

Performance, Bid and Surety Bonds
The Company provides standby letters of credit for performance, bid 
and surety bonds through fi nancial intermediaries to various customers 
in support of project contracts for the successful execution of these 
contracts. If the Company fails to perform under the terms of the 
contract, the customer has the ability to draw upon all or a portion of 
the bond as compensation for the Company’s failure to perform. The 
contracts which these performance bonds support generally have a 

term of one to three years, but could extend up to four years. Bid bonds 
typically have a term of less than one year and are renewed, if required, 
over the term of the applicable contract. If the Company is unwilling to 
issue performance and other types of bonds, it could have a materially 
adverse eff ect on the ability of the Company to generate revenue. 
Historically, the Company has not made and does not anticipate that it 
will be required to make material payments under these types of bonds.

The Company utilizes its credit facilities to support the Company’s 
Bonds. The Company had utilized credit facilities of $111.5 million as 
at December 31, 2013 (December 31, 2012 – $86.9 million).

The following table presents the Company’s total credit facilities as at 
December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2013 

2012

Total available credit facilities 
Bank Indebtedness, Standby letters 
  of credit for performance, 
  bid and surety bonds 

$ 

320,910 

$ 

251,688

111,496 

86,929

Unutilized credit facilities 

$ 

209,414 

$ 

164,759

On March 20, 2013, the Company renewed its Unsecured Committed 
Bank Credit Facility for a period of fi ve years, with terms and conditions 
similar to the prior agreement, except that the maximum borrowing limit 
was raised by US$100 million from US$150 million to US$250 million, 
with an option to increase the credit limit to US$400 million with the 
consent of lenders. The Company pays a fl oating interest rate on this 
credit facility that is a function of the Company’s total debt to Earnings 
Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) ratio.

Allowable credit utilization outside of this facility has been reduced from 
US$100 million to US$50 million.

28 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt Covenants
The Company has undertaken to maintain certain covenants in respect of 
the Unsecured Committed Bank Credit Facility. Specifi cally, the Company 
is required to maintain an Interest Coverage Ratio (EBITDA plus rental 
payments divided by interest expense plus rental payments) of more 
than 2.5 to 1 and a debt to total EBITDA ratio of less than 3.00 to 1. 

The Company was in compliance with the debt covenants detailed above 
as at December 31, 2013. These debt covenants are non-GAAP measures 
and should not be considered as an alternative to net income or any 
other measure of performance under GAAP. Non-GAAP measures do not 
have standardized meanings prescribed by IFRS and are not necessarily 
comparable to similarly titled measures of other entities. See Section 12 – 
Reconciliation of non-GAAP measures, for additional information with 
respect to these debt covenants.

5.6  Long-Term Debt
On March 20, 2013, the Company issued Senior Notes for total gross 
proceeds of US$350 million (CDN$358.3 million at the March 20, 2013 
foreign exchange rate) to institutional investors as follows:

(i) 

(ii) 

(iii) 

(iv) 

 US$100 million (CDN$102.4 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign 
exchange rate) aggregate principal amount of 2.98% Senior Notes, 
Series A, due March 31, 2020 (the “Series A Notes”);

 US$100 million (CDN$102.4 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign 
exchange rate) aggregate principal amount of 3.67% Senior Notes, 
Series B, due March 31, 2023 (the “Series B Notes”);

 US$100 million (CDN$102.4 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign 
exchange rate) aggregate principal amount of 3.82% Senior Notes, 
Series C, due March 31, 2025 (the “Series C Notes”);

 US$50 million (CDN$51.2 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign 
exchange rate) aggregate principal amount of 4.07% Senior Notes, 
Series D, due March 31, 2028 (the “Series D Notes”; and together 
with the Series A Notes, the Series B Notes, the Series C Notes, 
collectively, the “Notes”).

The total long-term debt balance as at December 31, 2013 is $374.4 million 
(US$350.0 million). The long-term debt has been designated as a hedge 
of the Company’s net investment in a U.S. dollar functional currency 
subsidiary as described in Note 25 of the consolidated fi nancial statements 
for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

Financial Ratios
The Company has undertaken to maintain certain covenants in respect 
of the Long-Term Debt. These are similar to the debt covenants described 
in Section 5.5 above for the Company’s Unsecured Committed Bank 
Credit Facility.

The Company was in compliance with all of the fi nancial covenants for 
the long-term debt as at December 31, 2013. 

5.7   Financial Instruments and Other Instruments

5.7.1  Fair Value
IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement, provides a hierarchy of valuation 
techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques 
are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are those which 
refl ect market data obtained from independent sources, while 
unobservable inputs refl ect the Company’s assumptions with respect 
to how market participants would price an asset or liability. These 
two inputs, as used to measure fair value, fall into the following three 
diff erent levels of the fair value hierarchy:

Level 1  

 Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments that 
are observable.

Level 2  

 Quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments; inputs 
other than quoted prices that are observable and derived from 
or corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3  

 Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or 
more signifi cant inputs are unobservable.

The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

29

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

The following table presents the fair value hierarchy levels for the fi nancial assets and liabilities as at December 31, 2013:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable 
Trade accounts receivable 
Other receivables 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 

Liabilities 
Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable 
Accounts payable 
Deferred purchase consideration   
Long-term debt 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 

Fair Value 

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3

$ 

79,395 

$ 

79,395 

$ 

6,618 

9,242 
237,880 

126,104 

624 

$ 

459,863 

$ 

5,290 

126 

91,215 

21,618 

374,381 

1,632 

6,618 

– 
– 

– 

– 

$ 

– 

– 

9,242 
237,880 

126,104 

624 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

86,013 

$ 

373,850 

5,290 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

126 

91,215 

21,618 

374,381 

1,632 

$ 

494,262 

$ 

5,290 

$ 

488,972 

$ 

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

The current derivative fi nancial instruments relate to foreign exchange 
forward contracts entered into by the Company (as described below) 
and are valued by comparing the rates at the time the derivatives are 
acquired to the period-end rates quoted in the market. The fair values 
of the Company’s remaining fi nancial instruments are not materially 
diff erent from their carrying values.

5.7.2  Financial Risk Management
The Company’s operations expose it to a variety of fi nancial risks 
including market risk (including foreign exchange and interest rate risk), 
credit risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management 
program focuses on the unpredictability of fi nancial markets and seeks 
to minimize potential adverse eff ects on the Company’s fi nancial position 
and fi nancial performance. Risk management is the responsibility of 
Company management. Material risks are monitored and are regularly 
reported to the Board of Directors.

Foreign Exchange Risk
The majority of the Company’s business is transacted outside of Canada 
through subsidiaries operating in several countries. The net investments 
in these subsidiaries as well as their revenue, operating expenses and 
non-operating expenses are based in foreign currencies. As a result, the 
Company’s consolidated revenue, expenses and fi nancial position may 
be impacted by fl uctuations in foreign exchange rates as these foreign 
currency items are translated into Canadian dollars. As at December 31, 
2013, fl uctuations of +/– 5% in the Canadian dollar, relative to those 

foreign currencies, would impact the Company’s consolidated revenue, 
income from operations, and net income (attributable to shareholders of 
the Company) for the year then ended by approximately $75.0 million, 
$18.0 million and $15.1 million, respectively, prior to hedging activities. 
In addition, such fl uctuations would impact the Company’s consolidated 
total assets, consolidated total liabilities and consolidated total equity by 
$57.1 million, $38.8 million and $18.3 million, respectively.

The objective of the Company’s foreign exchange risk management 
activities is to minimize transaction exposures associated with the 
Company’s foreign currency-denominated cash streams and the resulting 
variability of the Company’s earnings. The Company utilizes foreign 
exchange forward contracts to manage this foreign exchange risk. The 
Company does not enter into foreign exchange contracts for speculative 
purposes. With the exception of the Company’s US dollar based 
operations, the Company does not hedge translation exposures.

Net Investment Hedge
The Senior Notes have been designated as a hedge of the net investment 
in one of the Company’s subsidiaries, which has the U.S. dollar as its 
functional currency. During the year ended December 31, 2013, a loss 
of $16.1 million on the translation of the Notes was transferred to other 
comprehensive income to off set the losses on translation of the net 
investment in the subsidiary. There was no ineff ectiveness of this hedge 
for the year ended December 31, 2013.

30 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Rate Risk
The following table summarizes the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk as at December 31, 2013:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Financial assets 
Cash equivalents 
Loans receivable 

Financial liabilities 
Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable 

Non-Interest  
Bearing 

Floating 
Rate 

Fixed
Interest Rate 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 

1,075 

1,075 

– 

126 

126 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 

4,014 

4,014 

5,290 

– 

$ 

$ 

$ 

552 

4,153 

4,705 

– 

374,381 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5,290 

$ 

374,381 

$ 

379,797

Total

552

9,242

9,794

5,290

374,507

The Company’s interest rate risk arises primarily from its fl oating rate 
bank indebtedness and long-term notes receivable and is not currently 
considered to be material.

Credit Risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents held with banks, 
forward foreign exchange contracts, as well as credit exposure of 
customers, including outstanding accounts receivable. The maximum 
credit risk is equal to the carrying value of the fi nancial instruments.

The objective of managing counter-party credit risk is to prevent losses 
in fi nancial assets. The Company is subject to considerable concentration 
of credit risk since the majority of its customers operate within the 
global energy industry and are therefore aff ected to a large extent by 
the same macroeconomic conditions and risks. The Company manages 
this credit risk by assessing the credit quality of all counter parties, 
taking into account their fi nancial position, past experience and other 
factors. Management also establishes and regularly reviews credit limits 
of counter parties and monitors utilization of those credit limits on an 
ongoing basis.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, there was one customer 
who generated approximately 22% of total consolidated revenue 
(December 31, 2012 no customers who generated revenue greater than 
10% of total consolidated revenue). This revenue resulted primarily from 
a single contract for which a substantial upfront payment was received in 
2012 and which was recorded as deferred revenue at that time.

The carrying value of accounts receivable are reduced through the use 
of an allowance for doubtful accounts and the amount of the loss is 
recognized in the consolidated statement of income with a charge to 
selling, general and administrative expenses. When a receivable balance 
is considered to be uncollectible, it is written off  against the allowance 
for doubtful accounts. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously 
written off  are credited against selling, general and administrative 

expenses. As at December 31, 2013, $25.2 million, or 10.3%, of trade 
accounts receivable were more than 90 days overdue, which is consistent 
with prior period aging analysis. The Company expects to receive full 
payment on accounts receivables that are neither past due nor impaired. 

The following is an analysis of the change in the allowance for doubtful 
accounts for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of year 
Bad debt expense 
Recovery of previously written-off  
  bad debts 
Write-off s of bad debts 
Impact of change in foreign 
  exchange rates 

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

9,409 

3,016 

$ 

13,967

7,997

(7) 

 (5,031) 

(333)

(11,000)

(667) 

(1,222)

Balance – End of year 

$ 

6,720 

$ 

9,409

Liquidity Risk
The Company’s objective in managing liquidity risk is to maintain 
suffi  cient, readily available cash reserves in order to meet its liquidity 
requirements at any point in time. The Company achieves this by 
maintaining suffi  cient cash and cash equivalents and through the 
availability of funding from committed credit facilities. As at December 31, 
2013, the Company had cash and cash equivalents totalling $79.4 million 
(2012 – $285.0 million) and had unutilized lines of credit available to use 
of $209.4 million (2012 – $164.8 million).

5.8  Outstanding Share Capital
As at February 21, 2014, the Company had 60,003,882 common shares 
outstanding. In addition, as at February 21, 2014, the Company had stock 
options and share units outstanding to purchase up to 1,574,607 new 
common shares. 

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

6.0 

 QUARTERLY SELECTED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following tables set forth the Company’s summary of selected fi nancial information for the four quarters of 2013 and 2012:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars except per share amounts) 

Q1-2013 

Q2-2013 

Q3-2013 

Q4-2013

Operating Results 
Revenue 
Income from operations 
Net income (attributable to shareholders of the Company) 

Net income per share 
Basic 
Diluted 

$ 

454,681 

$ 

457,261 

$ 

525,848 

$ 

409,759

89,125 

70,595 

78,536 

53,914 

104,877 

72,956 

47,236

22,397

$ 

$ 

1.02 

1.01 

$ 

$ 

0.91 

0.90 

$ 

$ 

1.22 

1.21 

$ 

$ 

0.37

0.37

(in thousands of Canadian dollars except per share amounts) 

Q1-2012 

Q2-2012 

Q3-2012 

Q4-2012

Operating Results 
Revenue 
Income from operations 
Net income (attributable to shareholders of the Company) 

Net income per share 
Basic 
Diluted 

$ 

312,268 

$ 

326,923 

$ 

390,497 

$ 

439,499

30,554 

23,247 

23,232 

21,377 

64,305 

53,411 

92,962

80,275

$ 

$ 

0.34 

0.33 

$ 

$ 

0.30 

0.30 

$ 

$ 

0.76 

0.75 

$ 

$ 

1.14

1.13

The following are key factors aff ecting the comparability of quarterly 
fi nancial results.

• 

• 

 The Company’s operations in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, 
representing 91% of the Company’s consolidated revenue in 2013, 
are largely project-based. The nature and timing of projects can result 
in variability in the Company’s quarterly revenue and profi tability. In 
addition, certain of the Company’s operations are subject to a degree 
of seasonality, particularly in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment. 

 Over 79% of the Company’s revenue in 2013 is transacted in 
currencies other than Canadian dollars, with a majority transacted in 
US dollars. Changes in the rates of exchange between the Canadian 
dollar and other currencies could have a signifi cant eff ect on the 
amount of this revenue when it is translated into Canadian dollars. 
See Section 2.2 – Foreign Exchange Impact, for additional information 
with respect to the eff ects of foreign exchange fl uctuations on the 
results of the Company.

• 

 In the second half of 2012, the Company’s revenues increased by 33% 
over the fi rst half of 2012, primarily due to large projects commencing 
in the Asia Pacifi c region. These large projects in the Asia Pacifi c 
region were also the main drivers of higher revenue in 2013. 

6.1  Fourth Quarter Highlights
Highlights of the Company’s 2013 fourth quarter include: 

Fourth Quarter 2013 Versus Fourth Quarter 2012
• 

 Revenue: Consolidated revenue decreased by $29.7 million, or 
7%, from $439.5 million during the fourth quarter of 2012, to 
$409.8 million during fourth quarter of 2013, due to a decrease of 
$36.1 million in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, partially off set 
by an increase of $7.0 million in the Petrochemical and Industrial 
segment. In the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, revenue in the 
fourth quarter of 2013 was $36.1 million, or 9%, lower than in the 

• 

fourth quarter of 2012, due to decreased activity in Latin America, 
North America and Asia Pacifi c, partially off set by higher revenue 
in EMAR. See Section 4.2.1 – Pipeline and Pipe Services segment for 
additional disclosure with respect to the change in revenue in the 
Pipeline and Pipe Services segment. In the Petrochemical and Industrial 
segment, revenue increased by $7.0 million, or 21%, during the fourth 
quarter of 2013 compared to the fourth quarter of 2012, due to higher 
activity levels in all three regions. See Section 4.2.2 – Petrochemical and 
Industrial segment for additional disclosure with respect to the change 
in revenue in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment.

 Operating Income: Operating Income decreased by $45.7 million, 
from $93.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2012 to $47.2 million 
during the fourth quarter of 2013. Operating Income was impacted by 
a decrease in gross profi t of $18.8 million, increases in SG&A expenses 
of $20.0 million, research and development expenses of $1.3 million, 
amortization of property, plant, equipment and intangible assets of 
$3.9 million, loss on assets held for sale of $1.1 million and a lower 
gain on sale of land of $6.9 million. This was partially off set by an 
increase in net foreign exchange gain of $5.5 million and a charge for 
impairment of property, plant and equipment of $0.8 million recorded 
in the fourth quarter of 2012. The decrease in gross profi t resulted 
from lower revenue of $29.7 million and a 1.6 percentage point 
decrease in gross margin attributable to unfavourable product and 
project mix and lower facility utilization and absorption of overheads, 
particularly in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment’s Asia Pacifi c 
and Latin America regions. SG&A expenses increased by $20.0 million 
compared with the fourth quarter of 2012, primarily as a result of 
higher SG&A costs of $5.8 million following the acquisition and full 
consolidation of Socotherm and one-time restructuring costs and 
amended executive retirement arrangements of $10.7 million, as 
explained above. In addition, building rental and equipment costs 

32 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
increased by $2.7 million, legal and professional consulting fees were 
higher by $3.2 million and transportation related expenses increased 
$1.2 million, partially off set by one-time strategic review expenses of 
$4.0 million incurred in the fourth quarter of 2012.

• 

• 

• 

 Finance Costs: In the fourth quarter of 2013, net fi nance cost was 
$5.4 million, compared to a net fi nance income of $0.6 million during 
the fourth quarter of 2012. The increase in net fi nance costs was 
a result of interest on the Senior Notes issued on March 20, 2013, 
higher other interest expenses on bank loans and overdrafts and lower 
interest income on short-term deposits.

 Income Taxes: The Company recorded an income tax expense of 
$10.3 million (28% of income before income taxes) in the fourth 
quarter of 2013, compared to an income tax expense of $18.4 million 
(19% of income before income taxes) in the fourth quarter of 2012. 
The eff ective tax rate in the fourth quarter of 2013 was higher than 
the Company’s expected eff ective income tax rate of 27%, primarily 
due to higher losses on investment in joint ventures, which reduced 
income before income taxes. The Company’s tax rate in the fourth 
quarter of 2012 was lower than the expected rate of 27% primarily 
due to the fact that a signifi cant portion of the Company’s income 
was earned in the Trinidad Free Zone, Asia Pacifi c, the Middle East and 
other jurisdictions where the expected tax rate was 25% or less. 

 Net Income: Net income decreased by $57.9 million, from 
$80.3 million during the fourth quarter of 2012 to $22.4 million during 
the fourth quarter of 2013, mainly due to lower Operating Income in 
the fourth quarter of 2013, as explained in Section 2.2 above, income 
from investment in associate recorded in the fourth quarter of 2012 
of $6.0 million, a higher net loss on investment in joint ventures of 
$4.2 million and higher net fi nance costs of $6.0 million. This was 
partially off set by a decrease in income tax expenses of $8.1 million.

Fourth Quarter 2013 Versus Third Quarter 2013
• 

 Revenue: Consolidated revenue decreased 22%, or $116.1 million, 
from $525.8 million during the third quarter of 2013 to $409.8 million 
during the fourth quarter of 2013, due to a decrease of $112.7 million 
in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment and a decrease of 
$2.7 million in the Petrochemical and Industrial segment. In the 
Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, revenue decreased 23%, or 
$112.7 million, from $483.2 million in the third quarter of 2013 
to $370.4 million in the fourth quarter of 2013, due to a decrease 
of 44 %, or $91.0 million, in Asia Pacifi c and a decrease of 47%, 
or $20.0 million, in Latin America. See Section 4.2.1 – Pipeline and 
Pipe Services segment for additional disclosure with respect to the 
change in revenue in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment. In 
the Petrochemical and Industrial segment, revenue was lower by 
$2.7 million, or 6%, in the fourth quarter of 2013, compared to 
the third quarter of 2013, mainly due to a decrease in revenue of 
$2.7 million, or 10%, in the North America region. See Section 4.2.2 – 
Petrochemical and Industrial segment for additional disclosure 
with respect to the change in revenue in the Petrochemical and 
Industrial segment.

• 

 Operating Income: Operating Income decreased by $57.6 million, 
from $104.9 million during the third quarter of 2013 to $47.2 million 
during the fourth quarter of 2013. Operating Income was impacted 
by a decrease in gross profi t of $66.4 million and an increase in SG&A 

expenses of $6.8 million. This was partially off set by decreases in 
research and development expenses of $0.9 million, amortization of 
property, plant, equipment and intangible assets of $1.4 million, an 
increase in net foreign exchange gain of $8.0 million and a gain on sale 
of land of $5.2 million. The decrease in gross profi t resulted from a 
3.9 percentage point decrease in the gross margin from the third 
quarter of 2013 and the lower revenue, as explained above. The 
decrease in the gross margin percentage was primarily due to 
unfavourable product and project mix and lower facility utilization 
and absorption of overheads, as a result of reduction in revenue in the 
Pipeline and Pipe Services segment’s Asia Pacifi c region. SG&A expenses 
increased by $6.8 million, from $96.3 million in the third quarter of 
2013 to $103.0 million in the fourth quarter of 2013, primarily due 
to one-time restructuring costs and amended executive retirement 
arrangements of $10.7 million, partially off set by lower management 
incentive compensation expenses of $3.6 million. The one-time 
restructuring costs and amended executive retirement arrangements 
were primarily related to reorganizing the organizational structure to 
more eff ectively run the business and were comprised of charges of 
$2.0 million for the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, $3.2 million 
for the Petrochemical and Industrial segment and $5.5 million for 
Finance and Corporate.

• 

• 

 Finance Costs: In the fourth quarter of 2013, net fi nance cost was 
$5.4 million, compared to a net fi nance cost of $4.5 million during the 
third quarter of 2013, as a result of higher other interest expenses on 
bank loans and overdrafts, partially off set by higher interest income 
on short-term deposits.

 Income Taxes: The Company recorded an income tax expense of 
$10.3 million (28% of income before income taxes) in the fourth 
quarter of 2013, compared to an income tax expense of $29.4 million 
(29% of income before income taxes) in the third quarter of 2013. 
The eff ective tax rate in the fourth quarter of 2013 was higher than 
the Company’s expected eff ective income tax rate of 27%, primarily 
due to higher losses on investment in joint ventures, which reduced 
income before income taxes. The Company’s tax rate in the third 
quarter of 2013 was slightly higher than expectations primarily due to 
the incurrence of tax losses in jurisdictions where the Company was 
unable to record a tax benefi t in the quarter.

• 

 Net Income: Net income decreased by $50.6 million, from 
$73.0 million during the third quarter of 2013 to $22.4 million during 
the fourth quarter of 2013, mainly due to the lower Operating Income 
in the fourth quarter of 2013, as explained in Section 2.2 above and a 
higher loss on investment in joint ventures of $6.8 million. This was 
partially off set by lower income tax expense of $19.1 million.

7.0  DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND INTERNAL 
CONTROLS OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The President and Chief Executive Offi  cer and the Vice President, 
Finance and Chief Financial Offi  cer, together with the management 
of the Company, have evaluated the eff ectiveness of the Company’s 
Disclosure Controls and Procedures (“DC&Ps”) (as defi ned in the rules of 
the Canadian Securities Administrators) and the eff ectiveness of Internal 
Controls over Financial Reporting (“ICFRs”). Based on that evaluation, 
they have concluded that the Company’s DC&Ps were eff ective as at 

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

33

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

December 31, 2013 and 2012. Furthermore, they have concluded that 
the Company’s ICFRs were eff ective as at December 31, 2013. There 
were no material changes in either the Company’s DC&Ps or its ICFRs 
during 2013 or 2012.

7.1  Transactions with Related Parties
During the year, 11,716,235 Class B multiple voting shares of the 
Company’s controlling shareholder were acquired by the Company for 
cash and shares pursuant to the Arrangement which became eff ective 
on March 20, 2013. Refer to Section 3.1 – Business Developments for 
the Period and Note 29 of the audited fi nancial statements for the year 
ended December 31, 2013, for additional information regarding this 
transaction. In connection with the closing of the Arrangement, the 
employment terms of the Company’s Chair of the Board of Directors 
and indirect controlling shareholder, and of the Company’s Vice Chair of 
the Board of Directors, were amended to provide that their employment 
with a Company’s subsidiary would terminate and they would receive 
severance and other benefi ts of approximately $3.4 million and 
$3.7 million, respectively. For additional information regarding these 
transactions, refer to the section entitled Termination & Change of 
Control Benefi ts in the Company’s Management Proxy Circular dated 
March 25, 2013, which is fi led on SEDAR at www.sedar.com

The Company had no other material transactions with related parties 
during the year 2013 and all related party transactions were in the 
normal course of business.

8.0  CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES AND 
ACCOUNTING POLICY DEVELOPMENTS

8.1  Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of the consolidated fi nancial statements in conformity 
with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that 
aff ect the amounts of assets, liabilities and contingencies at the date 
of the fi nancial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and 
expenses during the period. These estimates and assumptions are made 
with management’s best judgment given the information available at the 
time; however, actual results could diff er from the estimates. 

Critical estimates used in preparing the consolidated fi nancial 
statements include:

Long-lived Assets and Goodwill
As at December 31, 2013 the Company had $842.3 million of long-lived 
assets and goodwill. The Company evaluates the carrying values of 
the CGUs’ goodwill on an annual basis on October 31 of each year to 
determine whether or not impairment of these assets has occurred and 
whether writedowns of the value of these assets are required. Similarly, 
the Company evaluates the carrying values of CGUs for long-lived assets 
whenever circumstances arise that could indicate impairment or reversal 
of impairment, and at each reporting date. These impairment tests 
include certain assumptions regarding discount rates and future cash 
fl ows generated by these assets in determining the value-in-use and 
fair value less costs to sell calculations. Actual results could diff er from 
these assumptions.

Employee Future Benefi t Obligations
As at December 31, 2013, the Company had $25.7 million of employee 
future benefi t obligations included in non-current liabilities. The 
Company provides future benefi ts to its employees under a number of 
defi ned benefi t arrangements. The calculation of the accrued benefi t 
obligations recognized in the consolidated fi nancial statements includes 
a number of assumptions regarding discount rates, long-term rates 
of return on pension plan assets, rates of employee compensation 
increases, rates of infl ation, and life expectancies. The outcome of any 
of these factors could diff er from the estimates used in the calculations 
and have an impact on operating expenses, non-current assets and non-
current liabilities.

Provisions and Contingent Liabilities
As at December 31, 2013, the Company had $109.2 million of provisions; 
of this amount $49.8 million was included in current liabilities and 
$59.4 million was included in non-current liabilities. Provisions and 
liabilities for legal and other contingent matters are recognized in the 
period when it becomes probable that there will be a future outfl ow 
of economic benefi ts resulting from past operations or events and the 
amount of the cash outfl ow can be reliably measured. The timing of 
recognition and measurement of the provision requires the application 
of judgment to existing facts and circumstances, which can be subject 
to change. The carrying amounts of provisions and liabilities are 
reviewed regularly and adjusted to take account of changing facts 
and circumstances. The Company is required to determine whether 
a loss is probable based on judgment and interpretation of laws and 
regulations and whether the loss can be reliably measured. When a loss 
is determined it is charged to the consolidated statement of income. 
The Company must continually monitor known and potential contingent 
matters and make appropriate provisions by charges to income when 
warranted by circumstances.

Decommissioning Liabilities
As at December 31, 2013, the Company had decommissioning liabilities 
in the amount of $20.7 million; of this amount $3.4 million was included 
in the current provisions account and $17.2 million was recorded in the 
non-current provisions account. Decommissioning liabilities include 
legal and constructive obligations related to owned and leased facilities. 
These have been recorded in the consolidated fi nancial statements based 
on estimated future amounts required to satisfy these obligations. The 
amount recognized is the present value of estimated future expenditures 
required to settle the obligation using a current pre-tax risk free rate. 
A corresponding asset equal to the present value of the initial estimated 
liability is capitalized as part of the cost of the related long-lived asset. 
Changes in the estimated liability resulting from revisions to estimated 
timing or future decommissioning cost estimates are recognized as a 
change in the decommissioning liability and the related long-lived asset. 
The amount capitalized in property, plant and equipment is depreciated 
on a straight line basis over the useful life of the related asset. Increases 
in the decommissioning liabilities resulting from the passage of time are 
recognized as a fi nance cost in the consolidated statement of income. 

Actual expenditures incurred are charged against the accumulated 
decommissioning liability.

34 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

Financial Instruments
The Company has determined the estimated fair values of its fi nancial 
instruments not traded in an active market based on appropriate 
valuation methodologies; however, considerable judgment is required to 
develop these estimates, mainly based on market conditions existing at 
the end of each reporting period. Accordingly, these estimated fair values 
are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize 
in a current market exchange. The estimated fair value amounts can be 
materially aff ected by the use of diff erent assumptions or methodologies.

Income Taxes
The recording of income tax expense includes certain estimations related 
to the impact in the current year of future events. Diff erences between 
the estimated and actual impact of these events could impact tax 
expense, current taxes payable or deferred taxes. In particular, earnings 
and losses in foreign jurisdictions may be taxed at rates diff erent from 
those expected in Canada.

Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses to the extent 
that it is probable that taxable profi t will be available against which 
the losses can be utilized. Signifi cant management judgment is required 
to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, 
based upon the likely timing and the level of future taxable profi ts 
together with future tax planning strategies.

Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex 
tax regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing 
of future taxable income. Given the wide range of international 
business relationships and the long-term nature and complexity of 
existing contractual agreements, diff erences arising between the 
actual results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such 
assumptions, could necessitate future adjustments to tax income 
and expense already recorded. The Company establishes provisions, 
based on reasonable estimates, for possible consequences of audits 
by the tax authorities of the respective countries in which it operates. 
The amount of such provisions is based on various factors, such as 
experience of previous tax audits and diff ering interpretations of tax 
regulations by the taxable entity and the responsible tax authority. 
Such diff erences in interpretation may arise for a wide variety of issues 
depending on the conditions prevailing in the respective domicile of the 
respective companies.

8.2  Accounting Standards Issued but Not Yet Applied

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments
IFRS 9, as issued, refl ects the fi rst phase of the IASB’s work on the 
replacement of IAS 39 and applies to classifi cation and measurement of 
fi nancial assets and fi nancial liabilities as defi ned in IAS 39. The standard 
was initially eff ective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 
2015; however, as a result of further amendments to IFRS 9 there is 
no longer a mandatory eff ective date for this standard. In subsequent 
phases, the IASB amended IFRS 9 to address hedge accounting, and 
further amendments for impairment of fi nancial assets are pending. 
The Company will quantify the eff ect of adopting IFRS 9, when the fi nal 
standard including all phases is issued.

IFRIC Interpretation 21 Levies (IFRIC 21)
IFRIC 21 clarifi es that an entity recognizes a liability for a levy when the 
activity that triggers payment, as identifi ed by the relevant legislation, 
occurs. For a levy that is triggered upon reaching a minimum threshold, 
the interpretation clarifi es that no liability should be anticipated before 
the specifi ed minimum threshold is reached. IFRIC 21 is eff ective for 
annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2014. The Company is 
still evaluating the impact of IFRIC 21 on its fi nancial statements.

8.3  New Accounting Standards Adopted 

IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements 

Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income
The IASB amended IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements, by revising 
how certain items are presented in other comprehensive income 
(“OCI”). Items within OCI that may be reclassifi ed to profi t and loss at 
a future point in time now have to be presented separately from items 
that will never be reclassifi ed. The Company adopted this standard 
eff ective January 1, 2013. The Company has modifi ed its Statement of 
Comprehensive Income to become compliant with the amendments 
made to IAS 1. The amendment aff ected presentation only and had no 
impact on the Company’s fi nancial position or results of operations. 

Clarifi cation of the Requirement for Comparative Information
The amendment to IAS 1 clarifi es the diff erence between voluntary 
additional comparative information and the minimum required 
comparative information. An entity must include comparative 
information in the related notes to the fi nancial statements when it 
voluntarily provides comparative information beyond the minimum 
required comparative period. The additional voluntarily comparative 
information does not need to be presented in a complete set of 
fi nancial statements.

An opening statement of fi nancial position (known as the “Opening 
Balance Sheet”) must be presented when an entity applies an accounting 
policy retrospectively, makes retrospective restatements, or reclassifi es 
items in its fi nancial statements, provided any of those changes has a 
material eff ect on the statement of fi nancial position at the beginning of 
the preceding period. The Company has disclosed the Opening Balance 
Sheet as part of the IFRS transitional note in Section 8.4. 

IFRS 10, Consolidated Financial Statements
For annual periods beginning on January 1, 2013, IFRS 10, Consolidated 
Financial Statements, which replaced portions of IAS 27 Consolidated 
and Separate Financial Statements and interpretation SIC-12, 
Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities. The new standard requires 
consolidated fi nancial statements to include all controlled entities 
under a single control model. IFRS 10 changes the defi nition of control 
such that an investor is considered to control an investee when it is 
exposed, or has rights to variable returns from its involvement with the 
investee, and has the current ability to aff ect those returns through its 
power over the investee. To meet the defi nition of control in IFRS 10, all 
three criteria must be met, including: (a) an investor has power over an 
investee; (b) the investor has exposure, or rights, to variable returns from 
its involvement with the investee; and (c) the investor has the ability to 

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

35

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

use its power over the investee to aff ect the amount of the investor’s 
returns. As required by this standard, control is reassessed as facts and 
circumstances change. All facts and circumstances must be considered 
to make a judgment about whether the Company controls another 
entity. Additional guidance is given on how to evaluate whether certain 
relationships give the Company the current ability to aff ect its returns, 
including how to consider options and convertible instruments, holding 
less than a majority of voting rights, how to consider protective rights 
and principal-agency relationships (including removal rights), all of which 
may diff er from current practice. The Company’s adoption of IFRS 10 
eff ective January 1, 2013 had no material impact on the consolidation 
of investments by the Company. 

IFRS 11, Joint Arrangements
On January 1, 2013, ShawCor adopted IFRS 11, Joint Arrangements, 
which applies to accounting for interests in joint arrangements where 
there is joint control. IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31, Interests in Joint Ventures 
and SIC-13, Jointly-controlled Entities – Non-monetary Contributions by 
Venturers. IFRS 11 requires that reporting issuers consider whether a 
joint arrangement is structured through a separate vehicle, as well as 
the terms of the contractual arrangement and other relevant facts and 
circumstances, to assess whether the venture is entitled to only the net 
assets of the joint arrangement (“joint venture”) or to its share of the 
assets and liabilities of the joint arrangement (“a joint operation”). A joint 
venture is accounted for using the equity method and a joint operation is 
accounted for by including the joint venture partner’s share of the assets, 
liabilities, revenue and expenses in the consolidated fi nancial statements 
of the joint venture partner. 

The application of IFRS 11 resulted in the Company replacing the 
proportionate consolidation method of accounting for joint ventures 
with the equity method of accounting for joint ventures. The eff ect of 
IFRS 11 is described in Section 8.4, which includes quantifi cation of the 
eff ect on the Company’s consolidated fi nancial statements.

IFRS 12, Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities 
On January 1, 2013, the Company adopted IFRS 12, Disclosure of 
Interests in Other Entities, which includes disclosure requirements 
about subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates, as well as 
unconsolidated structured entities and replaced existing disclosure 
requirements. Due to this new standard, the Company is now required 
to disclose in its annual consolidated fi nancial statements the following: 
judgments and assumptions made when deciding how to classify 
involvement with another entity, interests that non-controlling interests 
have in consolidated entities, and the nature of the risks associated 
with interests in other entities. These consolidated fi nancial statements 
include those disclosures stipulated by IFRS 12.

IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement 
Eff ective January 1, 2013, the Company has adopted IFRS 13, Fair Value 
Measurement. IFRS 13 establishes a single source of guidance for all fair 
value measurements, when fair value is required or permitted by IFRS. 
IFRS 13 does not change when an entity is required to use fair value, 
but rather provides guidance on how to measure fair value under IFRS 
when fair value is required or permitted. In addition, fair value will now 
be defi ned as the ‘exit price’ and concepts of ‘highest and best use’ and 
‘valuation premise’ are relevant only for non-fi nancial assets and liabilities. 
Upon adoption, the Company has started to use a single framework for 
measuring fair value and will provide additional disclosures as prescribed 
by IFRS. The application of IFRS 13 has not materially impacted the fair 
value measurements carried out by the Company. 

IFRS 13 also requires specifi c disclosures on fair values, some of 
which replace existing disclosure requirements in other standards, 
including IFRS 7, Financial Instruments: Disclosures. The Company has 
provided these prescribed fi nancial statement disclosures in Note 25 
of the Company’s audited fi nancial statements for the year ended 
December 31, 2013.

IAS 19R, Employee Benefi ts
Eff ective January 1, 2013, ShawCor adopted IAS 19, Employee Benefi ts. 
IAS 19R includes a number of amendments to the accounting for 
defi ned benefi t plans, including actuarial gains and losses that are now 
recognized in other comprehensive income (OCI) and permanently 
excluded from profi t or loss; expected returns on plan assets are no 
longer recognized in profi t or loss; interest on the net defi ned benefi t 
liability (asset) is recognized in profi t or loss, and is calculated using 
the discount rate used to measure the defi ned benefi t obligation; and 
unvested past service costs are now recognized in profi t or loss at the 
earlier of when the amendment occurs or when the related restructuring 
or termination costs are recognized. The amended standard impacts the 
net benefi t expense as the expected return on plan assets is calculated 
using the same interest rate as applied for the purpose of discounting 
the benefi t obligation. Other amendments include new disclosures, such 
as quantitative sensitivity disclosures. 

The transition to IAS 19R has had a material impact on the net defi ned 
benefi t plan obligations due to the diff erence in accounting for interest 
on plan assets and unvested past service costs. The eff ect of IAS 19R is 
described in Section 8.4, which includes quantifi cation of the eff ect on 
the Company’s consolidated fi nancial statements.

IAS 27, Separate Financial Statements 
ShawCor adopted IAS 27, Separate Financial Statements eff ective 
January 1, 2013. As a result of the issue of the new consolidation suite 
of standards, IAS 27 has been reissued to refl ect the changes to the 
consolidation guidance recently included in IFRS 10. In addition, IAS 27 
will now only prescribe the accounting and disclosure requirements 
for investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates when the 
Company prepares separate fi nancial statements. There was no impact 
from the adoption of this new standard to the Company’s consolidated 
fi nancial statements. 

36 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

Under IAS 31 Investment in Joint Ventures (prior to the transition to 
IFRS 11), the Company’s interests in all of its joint ventures were 
classifi ed as jointly controlled entities and the Company’s share of the 
assets, liabilities, revenue, income and expenses was proportionately 
consolidated in the consolidated fi nancial statements. Upon adoption 
of IFRS 11, the Company has determined all of its interests in joint 
arrangements are joint ventures, which are now accounted for using 
the equity method. The Company has applied IFRS 11 retrospectively 
to January 1, 2012 with the resulting eff ect shown in the IFRS transition 
bridges on the following page.

b)  IAS 19R, Employee Benefi ts
The Company provides future benefi ts to its employees under a number 
of defi ned benefi t and defi ned contribution arrangements. The defi ned 
benefi t pension plans are in Canada, the U.K. and Norway and include 
both fl at-dollar plans for hourly employees and fi nal earning plans for 
salaried employees. The Company also provides a post-retirement life 
insurance benefi t to its Canadian retirees and a post-employment benefi t 
to its hourly and salaried employees in Indonesia. 

IAS 19R has been applied retrospectively from January 1, 2012. 
As a result, the corridor method is no longer applicable and instead 
the full funded status of the plan is recognized on the balance sheet 
with actuarial gains and losses recognized in OCI without subsequent 
reversal. In addition, expected returns on plan assets of defi ned benefi t 
plans are not recognized in profi t or loss. Instead, interest on the net 
defi ned benefi t obligation is recognized in profi t or loss, calculated 
using the discount rate used to measure the net pension obligation or 
asset. Also, unvested past service costs can no longer be deferred and 
recognized over the future vesting period. Instead, all past service costs 
are recognized at the earlier of when the amendment occurs and when 
the Company recognizes related restructuring or termination costs. 
Until 2012, the Company’s unvested past service costs were recognized 
as an expense on a straight-line basis over the average period until the 
benefi ts become vested. Upon transition to IAS 19R, past service costs 
are recognized immediately in profi t or loss, if the benefi ts have vested 
immediately following the introduction of, or changes to, a pension 
plan. The eff ect of applying IAS 19R is shown in the IFRS transition 
bridges as follows:

IAS 28, Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures
ShawCor adopted IAS 28, Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures 
eff ective January 1, 2013. As a consequence of the issue of IFRS 10, 
IFRS 11 and IFRS 12, IAS 28 has been amended and now provides further 
accounting guidance for investments in associates and sets out the 
requirements for the application of the equity method when accounting 
for investments in associates and joint ventures. This standard will 
be applied by the Company when there is joint control or signifi cant 
infl uence over an investee. Signifi cant infl uence is the power to 
participate in the fi nancial and operating policy decisions of the investee 
but does not include control or joint control of those policy decisions. 
When it has been determined that the Company has an interest in a joint 
venture or has signifi cant infl uence over an investee, the Company will 
recognize an investment and will account for it using the equity method 
in accordance with IAS 28.

The adoption of IAS 28 by the Company changed the method of 
accounting for its joint ventures from the proportionate consolidation 
method to the equity method. The eff ect of IAS 28 is described in 
Note 5, which includes quantifi cation of the eff ect on the Company’s 
consolidated fi nancial statements.

IAS 36, Impairment of Assets 
In May 2013, the IASB released an amendment to this standard that 
requires entities to disclose the recoverable amount of an asset or 
cash generating unit when an impairment loss has been recognized 
or reversed and certain other information when an impairment loss 
or reversal is based on fair value less costs to sell. This amendment is 
required to be applied for accounting periods beginning on or after 
January 1, 2014. The Company has early adopted this standard. The 
adoption of this amendment aff ected disclosure only and has no impact 
on the consolidated fi nancial statements of the Company.

8.4  Impact of Adopting New Accounting Standards

a)  IFRS 11, Joint Ventures
The Company had the following interests in joint ventures as at 
January 1, 2013.

Country of 
Incorporation 

U.S.A. 
Canada 
Russia 
Brazil 
Argentina 

Activity 

Pipe coating 
Pipe coating 
Pipe coating 
Pipe coating 
Pipe coating 

U.S.A. 

Pipe coating 

Proportion of
Interest Held
%

50
83
25
50
50

51

Hal Shaw Inc. 
Shaw & Shaw Ltd. 
Helicone Holdings Limited 
Socotherm Brasil S.A.  
Atlantida Socotherm S.A. 
Socotherm 
  Gulf of Mexico, LLC 

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

IFRS Reconciliation of the Balance Sheet at January 1, 2012

December 31, 
2011 

IFRS 11 
Joint 
Arrangements 
(Note 5a) 

IAS 19 
Employee 
Future Benefi ts 
(Note 5b) 

Restated Under
IFRS Changes
January 1,
2012

$ 

$ 

 56,731  
10,545 
2,047 
 279,324  
 15,981  
 146,786 
 24,454  
270 

536,138 

12,622 
299,118 
86,362 
30,095 
– 
30,058 
12,022 
220,334 

690,611 

$ 

(194) 
– 
– 
(190) 
– 
(370) 
(1) 
– 

(755) 

 – 
 (397) 
 – 
– 
30 
– 
– 

(367) 

$  1,226,749 

$ 

(1,122) 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

 56,537
10,545
2,047
 279,134
15,981
 146,416
 24,453
270

535,383

12,622
298,721
86,362
30,095
30
34,747
10,115
220,334

693,026

$  1,228,409

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
4,689 
(1,907) 

2,782 

2,782 

$ 

$ 

12,281 
5,001 
156,064 
12,317 
35,200 
419 
27,446 
268 

248,996 

40,523 
2,499 
10,336 
56,984 

110,342 

359,338 

218,381 
16,391 
664,475 
(31,836) 

867,411 

– 
 (5,001) 
(1,132) 
4,018 
993 
– 
– 
– 

 (1,122) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

 – 

 (1,122) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

– 
– 
15,979 
– 

15,979 

15,979 

– 
– 
– 
 (13,197) 

(13,197) 

12,281
–
154,932
16,335
36,193
419
27,446
268

247,874

40,523
2,499
26,315
56,984

126,321

374,195

218,381
16,391
664,475
(45,033)

854,214

$  1,226,749 

$ 

(1,122) 

$ 

2,782 

$  1,228,409

Assets 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loan receivable 
Accounts receivable  
Income taxes receivable 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 

Non-current assets 
Loans receivable 
Property, plant and equipment  
Intangible assets  
Investments in associate 
Investments in Joint ventures 
Deferred income taxes  
Other assets  
Goodwill 

Liabilities and Equity 
Current liabilities 
Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Provisions 
Income taxes payable 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 
Deferred revenue 
Obligations under fi nance lease  

Non-current liabilities 
Provisions 
Derivative fi nancial instruments  
Employee future benefi ts 
Deferred income taxes  

Equity 
Capital Stock  
Contributed surplus 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

38 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IFRS Reconciliation of the Balance Sheet at December 31, 2012 

Assets 
Current assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loan receivable 
Accounts receivable  
Income taxes receivable 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 

Assets held for sale 

Non-current assets 
Loans receivable 
Property, plant and equipment  
Intangible assets  
Investment Joint venture 
Deferred income taxes  
Other assets  
Goodwill 

Liabilities and Equity 
Current liabilities 
Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Provisions 
Income taxes payable 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 
Deferred revenue 
Obligations under fi nance lease  

Liabilities directly associated with the assets classifi ed as held for sale 

Non-current liabilities 
Loans payable 
Obligations under fi nance lease  
Provisions 
Deferred revenue 
Employee future benefi ts 
Deferred income taxes  

Equity 
Share capital  
Contributed surplus 
Retained earnings 
Non-controlling interest 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

December 31, 
2012 

IFRS 11 
Joint 
Arrangements 
(Note 5a) 

IAS 19 
Employee 
Future Benefi ts 
(Note 5b) 

Restated Under
IFRS Changes
December 31,
2012

$ 

$ 

293,266  
78,747 
604 
 389,929  
 13,675  
 202,887 
 41,370  
3,988 

1,024,466 
27,141 

1,051,607 

6,527 
392,592 
144,694 
– 
32,453 
13,986 
285,710 

875,962 

$ 

(8,285) 
(797) 
961 
(13,141) 
(1,838) 
(14,540) 
– 
– 

(37,640) 
– 

(37,640) 

14,376 
(21,008) 
(43,239) 
77,342 
(2,385) 
– 
(29,414) 

(4,328) 

$  1,927,569 

$ 

(41,968) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

3,868 
8,328 
224,497 
43,193 
37,991 
1,275 
377,091 
1,927 

698,170 
11,917 

710,087 

8,682 
12,728 
44,814 
64,392 
9,337 
71,664 

211,617 

921,704 

221,687 
17,525 
799,849 

 (331)  
 (32,865) 

1,005,865 

1,883 
(8,328) 
(18,446) 
5,614 
(2,255) 
– 
– 
– 

(21,532) 
– 

(21,532) 

(6,018) 
– 
(4,233) 
– 

(10,185) 

(20,436) 

(41,968) 

– 
– 
– 
 – 
 – 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

 – 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
6,079 
(2,807) 
– 

3,272 

3,272 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 

 – 
20,470 
 – 

20,470 

20,470 

– 
– 
 (108) 
 – 
(17,090) 

(17,198) 

$ 

284,981
77,950
1,565
376,788 
11,837 
188,347
41,370
3,988

986,826
27,141

1,013,967

20,903
371,584
101,455
77,342
36,147
11,179
256,296

874,906

$  1,888,873

$ 

5,751

206,051
48,807
35,736
1,275
377,091
1,927

676,638
11,917

688,555

2,664
12,728
40,581
64,392
29,807
61,479

211,651

900,206

221,687
17,525
799,741

 (331) 
 (49,955)

988,667

$  1,927,569 

$ 

(41,968) 

$ 

3,272 

$  1,888,873

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

IFRS Reconciliation of the Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Year Ended December 31, 2012

Consolidated Statement of Income 

Revenue 
Cost of goods sold and services rendered 
Gross profi t 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Research and development expenses 
Foreign exchange (gains) losses 
Amortization of property, plant and equipment  
Amortization of intangible assets 
Gain on sale of land 
Impairment of property, plant and equipment 
Income from operations 

Income on investments in joint ventures 
Finance income, net 
Income on investments in associate   
Accounting gain on acquisition 
Income before income taxes 
Income taxes  
Net Income 

Net Income attributable to: 
Shareholders of the Company 
Non-controlling interests 

Earnings per share  
Basic 
Diluted 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
Net income 
Exchange diff erences on translation of foreign operations 
Other comprehensive loss attributable to investments in associates   
Actuarial loss on defi ned employee future benefi t plans 
Income tax expense on defi ned employee future benefi t plans 
Other comprehensive loss for the period 
Comprehensive income 

Comprehensive income attributable to: 
Shareholders of the company 
Non-controlling interests 
Comprehensive income 

December 31, 
2012 

IFRS 11 
Joint 
Arrangements 
(Note 5a) 

IAS 19 
Employee 
Future Benefi ts 
(Note 5b) 

Restated Under
IFRS Changes
December 31,
2012

$  1,482,849 
904,362 

$ 

(13,662) 
(9,358) 

$ 

578,487 

308,172 
12,242 
(119) 
45,133 
8,248 
(12,101) 
4,686 

212,226 

– 
1,318 
8,694 
413 

222,651 
44,188 

$ 

178,463 

$ 

178,418 
45 

178,463 

 2.53 
 2.50 

178,463 
(826) 
– 
– 
– 

(826) 

177,637 

177,389 
248 

177,637 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(4,304) 

(2,209) 
– 
10 
(148) 
(929) 
– 
– 

(1,028) 

618 
42 
– 
– 

(368) 
(368) 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
469 
(469) 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 

– 

145 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(145) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

(145) 
(37) 

(108) 

(108) 
– 

(108) 

– 
– 

(108) 
– 
– 
(5,246) 
1,353 

(3,893) 

(4,001) 

(4,001) 
– 

(4,001) 

$  1,469,187
895,004

574,183

306,108
12,242
(109)
44,985
7,319
(12,101)
4,686

211,053

618
1,360
8,694
413

222,138
43,783

$ 

178,355

178,310
45

178,355

 2.53
2.50

178,355
(357)
(469)
(5,246)
1,353

(4,719)

173,636

173,388
248

173,636

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

40 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IFRS Reconciliation of the Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Quarter Ended December 31, 2012

Consolidated Statement of Income 

Revenue 
Cost of goods sold and services rendered 
Gross profi t 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Research and development expenses 
Foreign exchange (gains) losses 
Amortization of property, plant and equipment  
Amortization of intangible assets 
Gain on land and other items  
Impairment of property, plant and equipment 
Income from operations 

Loss on investments in joint ventures 
Finance income (costs), net 
Income on investment in associate 
Accounting gain on acquisition 
Income before income taxes 
Income taxes  
Net income 

Net income attributable to: 
Shareholders of the Company 
Non-controlling interest 

Earnings per share  
Basic 
Diluted 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
Net income  
Exchange diff erences on translation of foreign operations 
Other comprehensive income attributable to investment in associate 
Actuarial loss on defi ned benefi t plans 
Income tax eff ect of actuarial loss on defi ned benefi t plans 
Other comprehensive (loss) income for the period 
Comprehensive income  

Comprehensive income attributable to: 
Shareholders of the Company 
Non-controlling interest 
Comprehensive income 

IFRS 
December 31, 
2012 

IFRS 11 
Joint 
Arrangements 

IAS 19 
Employee 
Future 
Benefi ts 

Restated Under
IFRS Changes
December 31,
2012

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

448,384 
266,043 

182,341 

84,569 
2,127 
(835) 
13,554 
2,896 
(12,101) 
832 

91,299 

– 
968 
5,968 
413 

98,648 
18,301 

80,347 

80,302 
45 

80,347 

1.14 
 1.13 

80,347 

17,467 
605 
– 
– 

18,072 

98,419 

98,171 
248 

98,419 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(8,885) 
(8,027) 

(858) 

(1,597) 
– 
9 
(40) 
(929) 
– 
– 

1,699 
– 
(1,251) 
(348) 
– 

100 
100 

– 

$ 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

– 
– 

– 

36 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 

(36) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(36) 
(9) 

(27) 

(27) 
– 

(27) 

– 
– 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

439,499
258,016

181,483

83,008
2,127
(826)
13,514
1,967
(12,101)
832

92,962

(1,251)
620
5,968
413

98,712
18,392

80,320

80,275
45

80,320

1.14
1.13

– 

$ 

(27) 

$ 

80,320

403 
(469) 
– 

(66) 

(66) 

(66) 
– 

(66) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 
(1,311) 
339 

(972) 

(999) 

(999) 
– 

(999) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

17,870
136
(1,311)
339

17,034

97,354

97,106
248

97,354

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

IFRS Reconciliation of Equity

Equity as previously reported 
Impact of adopting 

IAS 19, Employee Benefi t 

Equity in accordance with 

IFRS changes 

9.0  OUTLOOK

December 31,  
2012 

January 1, 
2012

$  1,005,865 

$ 

867,411

(17,198) 

(13,197)

$ 

988,667 

$ 

854,214

Following the record results produced by ShawCor during the full year 
2013, the Company expects revenue and earnings to decrease in 2014 in 
comparison with the full year of 2013. This expected reduction in activity 
is the result of the fact that in 2013, revenue from the Company’s Asia 
Pacifi c region has been enhanced by the execution of the $400 million 
Inpex Ichthys gas export pipeline project, the largest single project in the 
Company’s history and a project size that will not be replicated in 2014. 
Further detail on the outlook for the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment 
by region and the Petrochemical and Industrial segment is set out below:

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – North America
In 2014, ShawCor’s North American Pipeline segment businesses are 
expected to generate solid revenue growth over 2013 levels. Pipe coating 
volumes will benefi t from a full year of production at the Socotherm Gulf 
of Mexico plant where the order backlog for deepwater insulation coating 
projects exceeds $60 million. North American land pipe coating activity is 
expected to continue at strong levels, consistent with the levels produced 
in 2013. In other pipeline segment businesses in North America, the 
prospects for growth in 2014 are quite compelling. Continued shale oil and 
gas developments are creating growing market demands for the Flexpipe 
composite pipe and Guardian OCTG pipe inspection and refurbishment 
businesses while the Company’s introduction of new real-time radiography 
technology to the USA land pipeline market is enabling market share 
gains in pipeline girth weld inspection.

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – Latin America
The Company believes that revenue from Latin America pipe coating 
operations has the potential for modest growth in 2014 as a result 
of increased off shore and large diameter gas transmission pipeline 
opportunities in Mexico, the launch of insulation coating production at 
the Socotherm Argentina operation, and an expected increase in revenue 
in Brazil, where production will commence in the fi rst quarter 2014 for 
the deepwater insulation coating for fl owlines and risers for Petrobras’ 
Sapinhoa fi eld in the Santos basin. These sources of revenue growth 
will be partially off set by the fact that 2013 Latin America revenue had 
included approximately $55 million from the Technip project that was 
executed through the deployment of two portable concrete weight 
coating plants in Trinidad. 

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – EMAR
The Company’s Europe, Middle East, Africa, Russia (“EMAR”) region 
expects to begin to generate signifi cant revenue growth in 2014. In 
addition to a continuation of strong project revenues from the pipe 
coating facilities in Orkanger, Norway and Ras Al Khaimah, UAE, revenue 
gains are expected in 2014 as the Leith, Scotland facility executes the 

42 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

$30 million Edvard Grieg project and Socotherm ramps up production 
at the Pozzallo, Sicily pipe coating facility to execute a large deepwater 
insulation project for a new West African oil fi eld development. The 
Company is also currently bidding on several very large projects in the 
EMAR region that could produce revenues in excess of $300 million that 
could potentially start production by the fourth quarter of 2014 and thus 
contribute to revenue growth in the 2015 to 2016 period.

Pipeline and Pipe Services Segment – Asia Pacifi c
In 2013, the Company generated record revenues in the Asia Pacifi c 
region as a result of the execution of the Inpex Ichthys gas export 
pipeline, Chevron Wheatstone export pipeline and fl owlines, and Apache 
Julimar fl owlines projects. These projects produced over $510 million in 
revenue in 2013 and contributed to a level of activity that will decline by 
at least 50% in 2014. Beyond 2014, the Company remains confi dent that 
the Asia Pacifi c region will continue to provide compelling opportunities, 
particularly with the emergence of deepwater oil and gas developments 
that will require the Company’s operational capability and unique 
product technologies.

Petrochemical and Industrial Segment
ShawCor’s Petrochemical and Industrial segment businesses are 
signifi cantly exposed to demand in the North American and European 
automotive, industrial and nuclear refurbishment markets. During 2013, 
demand in the global industrial markets served by the Petrochemical 
and Industrial segment businesses has been stable but the Company 
has achieved gains in market share with the result that revenue 
increased by approximately 10% year over year. Similar revenue growth 
in 2014 should be possible provided market conditions remain healthy. 
Operating income growth should exceed revenue growth due to the 
one-time charges of $3.2 million incurred in 2013 for staff  reductions and 
other costs related to the completion of the new facility in Germany for 
the segment’s heat shrink tubular business. This new facility should also 
contribute to the segment’s earnings growth potential as a result of the 
improved operational effi  ciencies associated with the consolidation of 
production activities in one facility and the expected improvements in 
production throughput.

Order Backlog
The Company’s order backlog consists of fi rm customer orders only 
and represents the revenue the Company expects to realize on booked 
orders over the succeeding twelve months. The Company reports the 
twelve month billable backlog because it provides a leading indicator 
of signifi cant changes in consolidated revenue. The order backlog at 
December 31, 2013 decreased to $617 million from $646 million at 
September 30, 2013 and versus $850 million at the end of 2012. The 
decline in backlog from the start of 2013 has resulted primarily from the 
execution during the year of the $400 million Inpex Ichthys gas export 
pipeline project. Although the order backlog may continue to decline 
over the next few quarters, the Company’s bidding activity remains 
very high with outstanding bids currently exceeding $900 million 
dollars. The bidding activity is also very well diversifi ed across all of the 
Company’s regions. If a signifi cant portion of these bids are translated 
into production orders during 2014, the backlog will increase over the 
course of the year, which would provide a strong indication for growth 
in revenue and earnings in 2015 and beyond.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.0  RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES

Operating in an international environment, servicing predominantly 
the oil and gas industry, ShawCor faces a number of business risks and 
uncertainties that could materially and adversely aff ect the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and fi nancial condition.

The following summarizes the Company’s risks and uncertainties and 
how it manages and mitigates each risk:

10.1  Economic Risks
An economic downturn could adversely aff ect demand for the 
Company’s products and services and, consequently, its projections, 
business, results of operations and fi nancial condition.

Demand for oil and natural gas is infl uenced by numerous factors, 
including the North American and worldwide economies as well 
as activities of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries 
(“OPEC”). Economic declines impact demand for oil and natural gas 
and result in a softening of oil and gas prices and projected oil and 
gas drilling activity. If economic conditions or international markets 
decline unexpectedly, the Company’s projections, business, results of 
operations and fi nancial condition could be materially adversely aff ected. 
In addition, if actions by OPEC and other oil producers to increase 
production of oil adversely aff ect world oil prices, additional declines in 
rig counts could result, particularly internationally, and the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and fi nancial condition could 
be materially adversely aff ected. Similarly, demand for the products 
of the Petrochemical and Industrial segment’s businesses is largely 
dependent on the level of general economic activity in North America 
and Europe. Decreases in economic activity in these regions could result 
in signifi cant decreases in activity levels in these businesses.

A cyclical decline in the level of global pipeline construction could 
have a material adverse eff ect on the Company’s projections, business, 
results of operations and fi nancial condition.

The Company’s business is materially dependent on the level of global 
pipeline construction activity which in turn relates to the growth in 
demand for oil and natural gas and the availability of new supplies 
to meet this increased demand. Reductions in capital spending by 
producers could dampen demand for the Company’s products and 
services supplied in pipeline markets.

Revenue generated by the Company’s Pipeline and Pipe Services 
segment accounted for 91% of consolidated sales in 2013. With this 
proportion expected to continue, the Company’s revenue is materially 
dependent on the global Pipeline and Pipe Services industry. Any 
reduction in the anticipated growth in pipeline market activity could 
have a material adverse eff ect on the Company’s projections, business, 
results of operations and fi nancial condition.

Increases in the prices and/or shortages in the supply of raw materials 
used in the Company’s manufacturing processes could adversely aff ect 
the competitiveness of the Company, its ability to serve its customers’ 
needs and its fi nancial performance.

The Company purchases a broad range of materials and components 
throughout the world in connection with its manufacturing activities. 
Major items include polyolefi n and other polymeric resins, iron ore, 
cement, adhesives, sealants and copper and other nonferrous wire. 
The ability of suppliers to meet performance and quality specifi cations 
and delivery schedules is important to the maintenance of customer 
satisfaction. While the materials required for its manufacturing 
operations have generally been readily available, cyclical swings in supply 
and demand can produce short-term shortages and/or price spikes. The 
Company’s ability to pass on any such price increases may be restricted 
in the short term.

A decline in global drilling activity could have a material adverse eff ect 
on the Company’s projections, business, results of operations and 
fi nancial condition.

The Company’s business is materially dependent on the level of global 
drilling activity, which, in turn depends on global oil and gas demand, 
prices and production depletion rates. Lower drilling activity decreases 
demand for the Company’s products and services, including small 
diameter pipe coating, composite pipe and tubular inspection and 
inventory management services.

The Company’s material fi nancing agreements contain fi nancial and 
other covenants that, if breached by the Company, may require the 
Company to redeem, repay, repurchase or refi nance its existing debt 
obligations prior to their scheduled maturity. The Company’s ability 
to refi nance such obligations may be restricted due to prevailing 
conditions in the capital markets, available liquidity and other factors.

The Company is party to a number of fi nancing agreements which contain 
fi nancial or other covenants. If the Company was to breach the fi nancial 
or other covenants contained in its fi nancing agreements, the Company 
may be required to redeem, repay, repurchase or refi nance its existing 
debt obligations prior to their scheduled maturity and the Company’s 
ability to do so may be restricted or limited by the prevailing conditions in 
the capital markets, available liquidity and other factors. If the Company 
is unable to refi nance any of the Company’s debt obligations in such 
circumstances, its ability to make capital expenditures and its fi nancial 
condition and cash fl ows could be adversely impacted. If future debt 
fi nancing is not available to the Company when required or is not available 
on acceptable terms, the Company may be unable to grow its business, 
take advantage of business opportunities, respond to competitive pressure 
or refi nance maturing debt, any of which could have a material adverse 
eff ect on the Company’s operating results and fi nancial condition.

Economic Risk Mitigation
The Company cannot completely mitigate economic risks. However, the 
Company maintains a competitive geographical presence in a diverse 
number of regions and has implemented several systems and processes 
to manage operational risks and to achieve continuous improvements in 
operational eff ectiveness in addition to various cost reduction initiatives. 
Through these eff orts, economic risk is mitigated. 

Refer to Section 1.5 – Capability to Deliver Results, for additional 
information with respect to the Company’s systems and processes. 

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

43

 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

10.2  Litigation and Legal Risks
The Company could be subject to substantial liability claims, which 
could adversely aff ect its projections, business, results of operations 
and fi nancial condition.

Some of the Company’s products are used in hazardous applications 
where an accident or a failure of a product could cause personal injury, 
loss of life, damage to property, equipment or the environment, as 
well as the suspension of the end-user’s operations. If the Company’s 
products were to be involved in any of these diffi  culties, the Company 
could face litigation and may be held liable for those losses. The 
Company’s insurance coverage may not be adequate in risk coverage or 
policy limits to cover all losses or liabilities that it may incur. Moreover, 
the Company may not be able in the future to maintain insurance at 
levels of risk coverage or policy limits that management deems adequate. 
Any claims made under the Company’s policies likely will cause its 
premiums to increase. Any future damages deemed to be caused by the 
Company’s products or services that are not covered by insurance, or 
that are in excess of policy limits or subject to substantial deductibles, 
could have a material adverse eff ect on the Company’s projections, 
business, results of operations and fi nancial condition.

The Company is subject to litigation and could be subject to future 
litigation and signifi cant potential fi nancial liability.

From time to time, the Company is a party to litigation and legal 
proceedings that it considers to be a part of the ordinary course of 
business. Although none of the litigation or legal proceedings in which 
the Company is currently involved could reasonably be expected to have 
a material adverse eff ect on the Company’s projections, business, results 
of operations or fi nancial condition, the Company may, however, become 
involved in material legal proceedings in the future. Such proceedings 
may include, for example, product liability claims and claims relating to 
the existence or use of hazardous materials on the Company’s property 
or in its operations, as well as intellectual property disputes and other 
material legal proceedings with competitors, customers, employees 
and governmental entities. These proceedings could arise from the 
Company’s current or former actions and operations or the actions or 
operations of businesses and entities acquired by the Company prior 
to acquisition. The Company maintains insurance it believes to be 
commercially reasonable and customary; however, such coverage may 
be inadequate for or inapplicable to particular claims.

Litigation and Legal Risk Mitigation
The Company cannot completely mitigate legal risks. However, the 
Company maintains adequate commercial insurance to mitigate most 
adverse litigation and legal risks.

10.3  HSE Risks
The Company is subject to Health, Safety and Environmental laws and 
regulations that expose it to potential fi nancial liability.

The Company’s operations are regulated under a number of federal, 
provincial, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations, 
which govern, among other things, the discharge of hazardous materials 
into the air and water as well as the handling, storage and disposal of 

hazardous materials. Compliance with these environmental laws is a 
major consideration in the manufacturing of the Company’s products, 
as the Company uses, generates, stores and disposes of hazardous 
substances and wastes in its operations. The Company may be subject 
to material fi nancial liability for any investigation and clean-up of 
such hazardous materials. In addition, many of the Company’s current 
and former properties are or have been used for industrial purposes. 
Accordingly, the Company also may be subject to fi nancial liabilities 
relating to the investigation and remediation of hazardous materials 
resulting from the actions of previous owners or operators of industrial 
facilities on those sites. Liability in certain instances may be imposed on 
the Company regardless of the legality of the original actions relating 
to the hazardous or toxic substances or whether or not the Company 
knew of, or was responsible for, the presence of those substances. The 
Company is also subject to various Canadian and US federal, provincial, 
state and local laws and regulations as well as foreign laws and 
regulations relating to safety and health conditions in its manufacturing 
facilities. Those laws and regulations may also subject the Company to 
material fi nancial penalties or liabilities for any non-compliance, as well 
as potential business disruption if any of its facilities or a portion of any 
facility is required to be temporarily closed as a result of any violation 
of those laws and regulations. Any such fi nancial liability or business 
disruption could have a material adverse eff ect on the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and fi nancial condition.

Demand for the Company’s products and services could be adversely 
aff ected by changes to Canadian, US or other countries’ laws or 
regulations pertaining to the emission of Carbon Dioxide and other 
Greenhouse Gases (“GHGs”) into the atmosphere.

Although the Company is not a large producer of GHGs, the products 
and services of the Company’s production are mainly related to the 
transmission of hydrocarbons including crude oil and natural gas, whose 
ultimate consumption are major sources of GHG emissions. Changes in 
the regulations concerning the release of GHGs into the atmosphere, 
including the introduction of so-called carbon taxes or limitations 
over the emissions of GHGs, may adversely impact the demand for 
hydrocarbons and ultimately, the demand for the Company’s products 
and services.

HSE Risk Mitigation
To minimize risks associated with HSE matters, the Company has 
implemented a comprehensive audit program in which it has completed 
detailed environmental audits at manufacturing and service locations 
across all eight divisions. Furthermore, the Company is committed to 
being an IIF workplace.

10.4  Political and Regulatory Risks
The Company’s international operations may experience interruptions 
due to political, economic or other risks, which could adversely 
aff ect the Company’s projections, business, results of operations and 
fi nancial condition.

During 2013, the Company derived over 45% of its total revenue from its 
facilities outside Canada, the US and Western Europe. In addition, part 
of the Company’s sales from its locations in Canada and the US were for 

44 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

use in other countries. The Company’s operations in certain international 
locations are subject to various political and economic conditions existing 
in those countries that could disrupt operations. These risks include:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 currency fl uctuations and devaluations;

 currency restrictions and limitations on repatriation of profi ts; 

 political instability and civil unrest;

 hostile or terrorist activities; and

 restrictions on foreign operations.

The Company’s foreign operations may suff er disruptions and may incur 
losses that would not be covered by insurance. In particular, civil unrest 
in politically unstable countries may increase the possibility that the 
Company’s operations could be interrupted or adversely aff ected. The 
impact of such disruptions could include the Company’s inability to 
ship products in a timely and cost eff ective manner, its inability to place 
contractors and employees in various countries or regions, or result in 
the need for evacuations or similar disruptions. 

Any material currency fl uctuations or devaluations or political unrest 
that may disrupt oil and gas exploration and production or the movement 
of funds and assets could materially adversely aff ect the Company’s 
projections, business, results of operations and fi nancial condition.

The Company’s projections, business, results of operations and 
fi nancial condition could be adversely aff ected by actions under 
Canadian, US or other trade laws.

The Company is a Canadian-based company with signifi cant operations 
in the United States. The Company also owns and operates international 
manufacturing operations that support its Canadian and US operations. 
If actions under Canadian, US or other trade laws were instituted that 
limited the Company’s access to the materials or products necessary 
for such manufacturing operations, the Company’s ability to meet its 
customers’ specifi cations and delivery requirements would be reduced. 
Any such reduction in the Company’s ability to meet its customers’ 
specifi cations and delivery requirements could have a material adverse 
eff ect on the Company’s projections, business, results of operations and 
fi nancial condition.

Political and Regulatory Risk Mitigation
The Company manages political and regulatory risks by working with 
government, regulators and other parties to resolve issues, if any. In 
addition, the Company ensures that it is compliant with the laws and 
regulations within the jurisdictions where it operates.

11.0  ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

While environmental related liabilities are considered immaterial to 
the Company’s fi nancial results, they are important to the Company 
from a social responsibility standpoint. Refer to Section 10.3 – HSE 
Risks for additional information with respect to the Company’s 
environmental matters.

As at December 31, 2013, the accruals on the consolidated balance sheet 
related to environmental matters and included as decommissioning 
liability obligations were $20.7 million. The Company believes the 
accruals to be suffi  cient to fully satisfy all liabilities related to known 
environmental matters.

12.0  RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES

The Company evaluates its performance using a number of diff erent 
measures that are not in accordance with GAAP and should not be 
considered as an alternative to net income or any other measure 
of performance under GAAP. Non-GAAP measures do not have 
standardized meanings prescribed by IFRS. The Company’s method of 
calculating these measures may diff er from other entities and as a result 
may not necessarily be comparable to measures used by other entities.

EBITDA
EBITDA, a non-GAAP measure, is defi ned as earnings before interest, 
income taxes, depreciation and amortization, impairment of property, 
plant, equipment, goodwill and intangible assets, gain on sale of land 
and accounting gain on acquisition. The Company believes that EBITDA 
is a useful supplemental measure that provides a meaningful indication 
of the Company’s results from principal business activities prior to the 
consideration of how these activities are fi nanced or the tax impacts in 
various jurisdictions. Refer to Section 2.1 – Selected Annual Information 
of this report for a reconciliation of the Company’s EBITDA to its net 
income in accordance with GAAP.

Return on Invested Capital (“ROIC”)
ROIC, a non-GAAP measure, is defi ned as net income adjusted for after 
tax interest expense divided by average invested capital over the year 
and is used by the Company to assess the effi  ciency of generating profi ts 
from each unit of invested capital. 

The following table sets forth the calculation of the Company’s ROIC as 
at December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2013 

2012

Net income for the year adjusted 
for after-tax interest expense 

Average invested capital 

$ 

$ 

231,752 

987,819 

$ 

$ 

179,756

922,005

ROIC 

23.5% 

19.5%

Days Sales Outstanding (“DSO”)
DSO is defi ned as the number of days trade accounts receivable are 
outstanding based on a 90-day cycle and is calculated by dividing the 
average trade accounts receivable balance for the quarter by the revenue 
for that same quarter, and multiplying by 90 days. DSO approximates 
the measure of the average number of days from when the Company 
recognizes revenue until the cash is collected from the customer. The 
following table sets forth the calculation for the Company’s DSO as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2013 

2012

Revenue for the fourth quarter 
Average trade accounts receivable 

$ 

$ 

409,759 

248,944 

$ 

$ 

439,499

272,218

DSO 

55 

56

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

Days Payables Outstanding (“DPO”)
DPO is defi ned as the average number of days from when purchased 
goods and services are received until payment is made to the suppliers 
based on a 90-day cycle and is calculated by dividing the average 
accounts payable and accrued liabilities for the quarter by the cost 
of goods sold for that same quarter, and multiplying by 90 days. The 
following table sets forth the calculation for the Company’s DPO as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2013 

2012

Cost of goods sold for the 
  Fourth quarter 
Average accounts payable 
  and accrued liabilities 

DPO 

$ 

247,114 

$ 

240,639 

88 

$ 

$ 

258,016

196,293

68

Working Capital Ratio
Working capital ratio is defi ned as current assets divided by current 
liabilities. This metric provides management with an indication of the 
current liquidity available to the Company before considering long-term 
debt. The following table sets forth the calculation for the Company’s 
working capital ratio as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

2013 

2012

Current assets 
Current liabilities 

$ 

$ 

718,558 

451,069 

$  1,013,967

$ 

688,555

Working capital ratio 

1.59 

1.47

Debt Covenants
The Company has undertaken to maintain certain covenants in respect 
of the Unsecured Committed Bank Credit Facility. Specifi cally, the 
Company is required to maintain an Interest Coverage Ratio (Earnings 
Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) plus 
rental payments divided by interest expense plus rental payments) of 
more than 2.5 to 1 and a debt to EBITDA ratio of less than 3.00 to 1. 
The Company is in compliance with these covenants as at December 31, 
2013 and 2012.

13.0  FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION

This document includes certain statements that refl ect management’s 
expectations and objectives for the Company’s future performance, 
opportunities and growth, which statements constitute “forward-looking 
information” and “forward-looking statements” (collectively “forward-
looking information”) under applicable securities laws. Such statements, 
other than statements of historical fact, are predictive in nature or 
depend on future events or conditions. Forward-looking information 
involves estimates, assumptions, judgments and uncertainties. These 
statements may be identifi ed by the use of forward-looking terminology 
such as “may”, “will”, “should”, “anticipate”, “expect”, “believe”, “predict”, 
“estimate”, “continue”, “intend”, “plan” and variations of these words or 
other similar expressions. Specifi cally, this document includes forward-
looking information in the Outlook section and elsewhere in respect of, 
among other things, the completion of the sale of the Company’s joint 
venture interest in Socotherm Brasil and the proceeds therefrom, the 
timing of major project activity, the suffi  ciency of resources, capacity and 

capital to meet market demand, to meet contractual obligations and to 
execute the Company’s development and growth strategy, the impact of 
the existing order backlog and other factors on the Company’s revenue 
and Operating Income in 2014 and in the longer term, the impact of 
global economic activity on the demand for the Company’s products, 
the impact of changing energy demand, supply and prices, the impact 
and likelihood of changes in competitive conditions in the markets 
in which the Company participates, the impact of changing laws for 
environmental compliance on the Company’s capital and operating costs, 
and the adequacy of the Company’s existing accruals in respect thereof 
and in respect of litigation matters and other claims generally, the level 
of payments under the Company’s performance bonds, the outlook for 
revenue and Operating Income and the expected development in the 
Company’s order backlog. 

Forward-looking information involves known and unknown risks and 
uncertainties that could cause actual results to diff er materially from 
those predicted by the forward-looking information. We caution readers 
not to place undue reliance on forward-looking information as a number 
of factors could cause actual events, results and prospects to diff er 
materially from those expressed in or implied by the forward-looking 
information. Signifi cant risks facing the Company include, but are not 
limited to: changes in global or regional economic activity and changes 
in energy supply and demand, which impact on the level of drilling 
activity and pipeline construction; exposure to product and other liability 
claims; shortages of or signifi cant increases in the prices of raw materials 
used by the Company; compliance with environmental, trade and other 
laws; political, economic and other risks arising from the Company’s 
international operations; fl uctuations in foreign exchange rates, as well 
as other risks and uncertainties, as more fully described herein under the 
heading “Risks and Uncertainties”.

These statements of forward-looking information are based on 
assumptions, estimates and analysis made by management in light of its 
experience and perception of trends, current conditions and expected 
developments as well as other factors believed to be reasonable and 
relevant in the circumstances. These assumptions include those in 
respect of continued global economic recovery, increased investment 
in global energy infrastructure, the Company’s ability to execute 
projects under contract, the continued supply of and stable pricing 
for commodities used by the Company, the availability of personnel 
resources suffi  cient for the Company to operate its businesses, the 
maintenance of operations in major oil and gas producing regions 
and the ability of the Company to satisfy all covenants under its 
credit facilities and the senior notes. The Company believes that the 
expectations refl ected in the forward-looking information are based 
on reasonable assumptions in light of currently available information. 
However, should one or more risks materialize or should any 
assumptions prove incorrect, then actual results could vary materially 
from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking information 
included in this document and the Company can give no assurance that 
such expectations will be achieved.

When considering the forward-looking information in making decisions 
with respect to the Company, readers should carefully consider the 
foregoing factors and other uncertainties and potential events. The 
Company does not assume the obligation to revise or update forward-

46 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
looking information after the date of this document or to revise it to 
refl ect the occurrence of future unanticipated events, except as may 
be required under applicable securities laws.

To the extent any forward-looking information in this document 
constitutes future oriented fi nancial information or fi nancial outlooks, 
within the meaning of securities laws, such information is being provided 
to demonstrate the potential of the Company and readers are cautioned 
that this information may not be appropriate for any other purpose. 
Future oriented fi nancial information and fi nancial outlooks, as with 
forward-looking information generally, are based on the assumptions 
and subject to the risks noted above.

Additional information relating to the Company, including its Annual 
Information Form, is available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

February 27, 2014

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

47

 
MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY 
FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The accompanying consolidated fi nancial statements of ShawCor Ltd. included in this Annual Report are the responsibility of management and have 
been approved by the Board of Directors.

The consolidated fi nancial statements have been prepared by mangement in accordance with International Financial Reporting Statements, as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board. When alternative accounting methods exist, management has selected those it deems to be most 
appropriate in the circumstances. The consolidated fi nancial statements include estimates based on the experience and judgment of management 
in order to ensure that the fi nancial statements are presented fairly, in all material respects. Financial information presented elsewhere in the annual 
report is consistent with that in the consolidated fi nancial statements.

The management of the Company and its subsidiaries developed and continues to maintain systems of internal accounting controls and management 
practices designed to provide reasonable assurance that the fi nancial information is relevant, reliable and accurate and that the Company’s assets are 
appropriately accounted for and adequately safeguarded.

The Board of Directors exercises its responsibilities for ensuring that management fulfi ls its responsibilities for fi nancial reporting and internal control 
with the assistance of its Audit Committee.

The Audit Committee is appointed by the Board and all of its members are Directors who are not offi  cers or employees of ShawCor Ltd. or any of 
its subsidiaries. The Committee meets periodically to review quarterly fi nancial reports and to discuss internal controls over the fi nancial reporting 
process, auditing matters and fi nancial reporting issues. The Committee reviews the Company’s annual consolidated fi nancial statements and 
recommends their approval to the Board of Directors.

These fi nancial statements have been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the external auditors, on behalf of the shareholders. Ernst & Young LLP has full 
and free access to the Audit Committee.

February 27, 2014

WILLIAM P BUCKLE Y
WILLIAM P. BUCKLEY 
Chief Executive Offi  cer 

GARY S. LOVE
Vice-President, Finance and Chief Financial Offi  cer

48 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

INDEPENDENT 
AUDITORS’ REPORT

TO THE SHAREHOLDERS OF SHAWCOR LTD.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated fi nancial statements of ShawCor Ltd., which comprise the consolidated balance sheets as at 
December 31, 2013 and 2012, and January 1, 2012, and the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash 
fl ows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and a summary of signifi cant accounting policies and other explanatory information.

Management’s Responsibility for the Consolidated Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated fi nancial statements in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards, and for such internal control as management determines is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated 
fi nancial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated fi nancial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance 
with Canadian generally accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan and perform the 
audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated fi nancial statements are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated fi nancial statements. 
The procedures selected depend on the auditors’ judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated 
fi nancial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditors consider internal control relevant to the 
entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated fi nancial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the eff ectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also includes evaluating 
the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the 
overall presentation of the consolidated fi nancial statements.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained in our audits is suffi  cient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion. 

Opinion
In our opinion, the consolidated fi nancial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the fi nancial position of ShawCor Ltd. as at December 31, 
2013 and 2012, and January 1, 2012 and its fi nancial performance and its cash fl ows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 in accordance 
with International Financial Reporting Standards.

CHARTERED ACCOUNTANTS
Licensed Public Accountants

Toronto, Canada
February 27, 2014 

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

49

 
CONSOLIDATED 
BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Assets 
Current Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents (Note 9) 
Short-term investments 
Loan receivable (Note 10) 
Accounts receivable (Note 11) 
Income taxes receivable 
Inventories (Note 12) 
Prepaid expenses 
Derivative fi nancial instruments (Note 25) 

Assets held for sale (Note 18) 

Non-current Assets 
Loans receivable (Note 10) 
Property, plant and equipment (Note 13) 
Intangible assets (Note 14) 
Investments in joint ventures (Note 31) 
Investments in associate (Note 7) 
Deferred income taxes (Note 33) 
Other assets (Note 16) 
Goodwill (Note 17) 

Liabilities and Equity 
Current Liabilities 
Bank indebtedness (Note 21) 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities (Note 19)   
Provisions (Note 20) 
Income taxes payable 
Derivative fi nancial instruments (Note 25) 
Deferred revenue (Note 23) 
Obligations under fi nance lease (Note 27) 

Liabilities directly associated with the assets classifi ed as held for sale (Note 18) 

Non-current Liabilities 
Loans payable  
Long-term debt (Note 22) 
Obligations under fi nance lease (Note 27) 
Provisions (Note 20) 
Derivative fi nancial instruments (Note 25) 
Deferred revenue (Note 23) 
Employee future benefi ts (Note 24) 
Deferred income taxes (Note 33) 

Equity 
Share capital (Note 28) 
Contributed surplus 
Retained earnings 
Non-controlling interests 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated fi nancial statements.

50 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 December 31, 2013  December 31, 2012 

January 1, 2012

Restated (Note 5)   Restated (Note 5)

$ 

79,395 
6,618 
1,780 
363,984 
9,919 
180,876 
19,176 
624 

662,372 

56,186 

718,558 

7,462 
413,287 
130,216 
17,276 
– 
48,480 
17,830 
298,819 

933,370 

$ 

284,981 
77,950 
1,565 
376,788 
11,837 
188,347 
41,370 
3,988 

986,826 

27,141 

$ 

56,537
10,545
2,047
279,134
15,981
146,416
24,453
270

535,383

–

1,013,967 

535,383

20,903 
371,584 
101,455 
77,342 
– 
36,147 
11,179 
256,296 

874,906 

12,622
298,721
86,362
30
30,095
34,747
10,115
220,334

693,026

$  1,651,928 

$  1,888,873 

$  1,228,409

$ 

$ 

$ 

5,290 
230,974 
49,762 
61,911 
1,632 
84,396 
487 

434,452 
16,617 

451,069 

126 
374,381 
13,827 
59,409 
– 
– 
25,678 
68,857 

542,278 

993,347 

303,327 
13,093 
373,574 
2,419 
(33,832) 

658,581 

5,751 
206,051 
48,807 
35,736 
1,275 
377,091 
1,927 

676,638 

11,917 

688,555 

2,664 
– 
12,728 
40,581 
– 
64,392 
29,807 
61,479 

211,651 

900,206 

221,687 
17,525 
799,741 
(331) 
(49,955) 

988,667 

12,281
154,932
16,335
36,193
419
27,446
268

247,874

–

247,874

–
–
–
40,523
2,499
–
26,315
56,984

126,321

374,195

218,381
16,391
664,475
–
(45,033)

854,214

$  1,651,928 

$  1,888,873 

$  1,228,409

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS
OF INCOME

For the years ended December 31 (in thousands of Canadian dollars, except per share amounts) 

Revenue 
Sale of products 
Rendering of services 

Cost of Goods Sold and Services Rendered 
Gross Profi t 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Research and development expenses 
Foreign exchange gains 
Amortization of property, plant and equipment (Note 13) 
Amortization of intangible assets (Note 14) 
Loss on assets held for sale (Note 18)   
Gain on sale of land and other items (Note 15) 
Impairment of property, plant and equipment (Note 15)   
Income from Operations 
(Loss) income on investments in joint ventures (Note 31)  
Finance (costs) income, net 
Income on investments in associate   
Accounting gain on acquisition – net (Note 7) 
Income Before Income Taxes 
Income taxes (Note 33) 
Net Income  

Net Income Attributable to: 
  Shareholders of the Company 
  Non-controlling interests 
Net Income 

Earnings per Share 
  Basic (Note 32) 
  Diluted (Note 32) 

Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding (000s)  
  Basic (Note 32) 
  Diluted (Note 32) 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated fi nancial statements.

2013 

2012

Restated (Note 5)

$ 
451,833 
  1,395,716 

  1,847,549 

  1,058,946 

788,603 

382,755 
15,687 
(4,936) 
66,484 
10,312 
3,683 
(5,156) 
– 

319,774 
(3,874) 
(14,912) 
– 
– 

300,988 
78,402 

$ 

377,192
1,091,995

1,469,187

895,004

574,183

306,108
12,242
(109)
44,985
7,319
–
(12,101)
4,686

211,053
618
1,360
8,694
413

222,138
43,783

$ 

222,586 

$ 

178,355

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

219,862 
2,724 

222,586 

3.55 
3.51 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

178,310
45

178,355

2.53
2.50

61,972 
62,646 

70,413
71,278

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS 
OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

For the years ended December 31 (in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Net Income 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) to be Reclassifi ed to Net Income in Subsequent Periods 
  Exchange diff erences on translation of foreign operations 
  Loss on cash fl ow hedge 
  Other comprehensive loss attributable to investments in associates 
Net Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) to be Reclassifi ed to Net Income in Subsequent Periods 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) not to be Reclassifi ed to Net Income in Subsequent Periods: 
  Actuarial gain (loss) on defi ned employee future benefi t plans (Note 24)  

Income tax (expense) recovery 

Net Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) not to be Classifi ed to Net Income in Subsequent Periods 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss), Net of Income Tax 
Total Comprehensive Income 

Comprehensive Income Attributable to: 
  Shareholders of the Company 
  Non-controlling interests 
Total Comprehensive Income 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated fi nancial statements.

2013 

2012

Restated (Note 5)

$ 

222,586 

$ 

178,355

10,821 
(6,880) 
– 

3,941 

16,311 
(4,103) 

12,208 

16,149 

(357)
–
(469)

(826)

(5,246)
1,353

(3,893)

(4,719)

$ 

238,735 

$ 

173,636

$ 

$ 

235,985 
2,750 

238,735 

$ 

$ 

173,388
248

173,636

52 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS 
OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 
(Restated – see Note 5) 

Balance – December 31, 2011 
Net income 
Issued on exercise of stock options   
Compensation cost on exercised options 
Compensation cost on exercised RSUs 
Stock-based compensation expense   
Purchase – Normal Course Issuer Bid 
Excess of purchase price over stated value of shares 
Acquisition of non-controlling interests 
Other comprehensive income (loss)   
Dividends paid to shareholders (Note 28) 
Balance – December 31, 2012 
Net income 
Issued on exercise of stock options   
Compensation cost on exercised options 
Compensation cost on exercised RSUs 
Stock-based compensation expense   
Cancellation of Class B shares 
Shares cancellation costs 

(net of income tax benefi t of $1.5 million) (Note 28) 

Other comprehensive income 
Dividends paid to shareholders (Note 28) 

Balance – December 31, 2013 

Share 
Capital 

Contributed 
Surplus 

Retained 
Earnings 

Non- 
controlling 
Interests 

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive 
Loss 

Total
Equity

$ 

218,381 

$ 

16,391 

$ 

664,475 

$ 

– 

$ 

(45,033) 

$ 

854,214

– 
3,988 
1,415 
79 
– 
(2,176) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
(1,415) 
(79) 
2,628 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

178,310 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(16,712) 
– 
– 
(26,332) 

$ 

221,687 

$ 

17,525 

$ 

799,741 

$ 

– 
19,599 
7,579 
24 
– 
54,438 

– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
(7,579) 
(24) 
3,171 
– 

– 
– 
– 

219,862 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(553,215) 

(4,312) 
– 
(88,502) 

45 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(579) 
203 
– 

(331) 

2,724 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
26 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(4,922) 
– 

178,355
3,988
–
–
2,628
(2,176)
(16,712)
(579)
(4,719)
(26,332)

$ 

(49,955) 

$ 

988,667

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
16,123 
– 

222,586
19,599
–
–
3,171
(498,777)

(4,312)
16,149
(88,502)

$ 

303,327 

$ 

13,093 

$ 

373,574 

$ 

2,419 

$ 

(33,832) 

$ 

658,581

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated fi nancial statements.

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS
OF CASH FLOWS

For the years ended December 31 (in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Operating Activities 
Net income for the year 
Add (deduct) items not aff ecting cash 
  Amortization of property, plant and equipment (Note 13) 
  Amortization of intangible assets (Note 14) 
  Amortization of long-term prepaid expenses 
  Decommissioning obligations expense (recovery) (Note 20) 
  Other provision expenses (Note 20) 
  Stock-based compensation and incentive-based compensation (Note 29) 
  Deferred income taxes (Note 33) 
  Loss (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment  
  Gain on sale of land and other items (Note 15) 
  Unrealized loss on derivative fi nancial instruments 

Income on investments in associate 

  Loss (income) on investments in joint ventures (Note 31) 
  Loss on assets held for sale (Note 18) 
  Accounting gain on acquisition (Note 7) 

Impairment of property, plant and equipment (Note 15) 

  Other 
Settlement of decommissioning liabilities (Note 20) 
Settlement of other provisions (Note 20) 
(Decrease) increase in non-current deferred revenue 
Net change in employee future benefi ts (Note 24)   
Change in non-cash working capital and foreign exchange 
Cash Provided by Operating Activities 

Investing Activities 
Increase in loan receivable (Note 10)   
Decrease (increase) in short-term investments 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment (Note 13) 
Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment  
Purchases of intangible assets (Note 14) 
Investments in joint ventures (Note 31) 
Investments in associate 
Business acquisition (Note 7) 
Increase in other assets (Note 16) 
Cash Used in Investing Activities 

Financing Activities 
Decrease in bank indebtedness (Note 21) 
Decrease in loans payable 
Payment of obligations under fi nance lease (Note 27) 
Proceeds from long-term debt (Note 22) 
Proceeds from interest rate swap  
Issuance of shares (Note 28) 
Repurchase of shares (Note 28) 
Dividend paid to shareholders (Note 28) 
Cash Used in Financing Activities 
Eff ect of Foreign Exchange on Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Net (Decrease) Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents for the Year 
Cash and Cash Equivalents – Beginning of Year   
Cash and Cash Equivalents – End of Year 

Supplemental Information 
Cash interest paid 
Cash interest received 
Cash income taxes paid 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated fi nancial statements.

54 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

2013 

2012 

Restated (Note 5)

$ 

222,586 

$ 

178,355

66,484 
10,312 
807 
395 
22,136 
23,594 
(14,959) 
538 
(5,156) 
3,070 
– 
3,874 
3,683 
– 
– 
825 
(817) 
(19,449) 
(64,392) 
(20,994) 
(200,273) 

44,985
7,319
900
(472)
2,227
15,297
(414)
(416)
(12,101)
651
(8,694)
(618)
–
(9,445)
4,686
(3,351)
(1,580)
(7,292)
64,392
1,168
254,915

$ 

32,264 

$ 

530,512

(2,630) 
71,332 
(76,729) 
8,539 
(522) 
(7,398) 
– 
(30,163) 
(495) 

(62,085)
(67,405)
(73,505)
14,187
(62)
–
(2,824)
(57,091)
(956)

$ 

(38,066) 

$ 

(249,741)

(461) 
(772) 
(900) 
356,280 
2,111 
19,599 
(503,089) 
(88,502) 

$ 

(215,734) 

$ 

15,950 

(205,586) 
284,981 

79,395 

10,241 
1,180 
59,845 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

(6,597)
(4,581)
(465)
–
–
3,988
(18,888)
(26,332)

(52,875)

548

228,444
56,537

284,981

765
1,959
44,047

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED 
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1.  CORPORATE INFORMATION

ShawCor Ltd. is a publicly listed company incorporated in Canada with its shares listed on the Toronto Stock Exchange. ShawCor Ltd., together with 
its wholly owned subsidiaries (collectively referred to as the “Company” or “ShawCor”), is a growth oriented, global energy services company serving 
the Pipeline and Pipe Services and the Petrochemical and Industrial segments of the energy industry. The Company operates eight divisions with over 
75 manufacturing and service facilities located around the world. Further information as it pertains to the nature of operations is set out in Note 6.

The head offi  ce, principal address and registered offi  ce of the Company is 25 Bethridge Road, Toronto, Ontario, M9W 1M7, Canada.

NOTE 2.  BASIS OF PREPARATION

These consolidated fi nancial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued 
by the International Accounting Standards Board, applicable to the preparation of fi nancial statements, including International Accounting Standard 
(“IAS”) 1, Presentation of Financial Statements. 

The policies applied in these consolidated fi nancial statements are based on IFRS issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013.

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation
The consolidated fi nancial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis, except for certain current assets and fi nancial instruments, 
which are measured at fair value, as explained in the accounting policies set out in Note 3.

The consolidated fi nancial statements are presented in Canadian dollars and all values are rounded to the nearest thousand, except when 
otherwise stated.

The consolidated fi nancial statements comprise the fi nancial statements of the Company and the entities under its control and the Company’s equity 
accounted interests in joint ventures and associates.

The preparation of consolidated fi nancial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates. It also requires 
management to exercise its judgment in the process of applying the Company’s accounting policies. The areas involving a higher degree of judgment 
or complexity, or areas where assumptions and estimates are signifi cant to the consolidated fi nancial statements are disclosed in Note 3.

The results of the subsidiaries acquired during the period are included in the consolidated fi nancial statements from the date of the acquisition. 
Adjustments are made, where necessary, to the fi nancial statements of the subsidiaries and joint arrangements and associates to ensure consistency 
with those policies adopted by the Company. All intercompany transactions, balances, income and expenses are eliminated upon consolidation.

The audited consolidated fi nancial statements and accompanying notes for the year ended December 31, 2013 were authorized for issue by the 
Company’s Board of Directors on February 27, 2014. 

NOTE 3.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The consolidated fi nancial statements have been prepared by management in accordance with IFRS. The more signifi cant accounting policies are 
as follows:

a)  Business Combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition accounting method. Identifi able assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities acquired 
are measured at fair value at the acquisition date. The consideration transferred is measured at fair value and includes the fair value of any contingent 
consideration. Acquisition transaction costs and any restructuring costs are charged to the consolidated statements of income in the period in which 
they are incurred.

For an acquisition achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the acquirer’s previously held equity interest in the acquiree is remeasured to 
fair value at the acquisition date through profi t or loss.

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

55

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The excess of the aggregate consideration transferred over the fair value of the Company’s share of the identifi able net assets acquired is recorded 
as goodwill.

b)  Interest in Joint Ventures
The Company has interests in several joint arrangements, whereby joint control of the respective legal entity has been established by contractual 
agreements that establish joint control over the economic activities of the entity. The Company accounts for its interests in its joint ventures using 
the equity method.

Under the equity method, the investment in a joint venture is initially recognized at cost. The carrying amount of the investment is adjusted to 
recognize changes in the Company’s share of net assets of the joint venture since the acquisition date. Goodwill relating to the joint venture is 
included in the carrying amount of the investment and is neither amortized nor individually tested for impairment.

The aggregate of the Company’s share of profi t or loss of a joint venture is shown on the face of the consolidated statement of income outside 
of income from operations and represents profi t or loss after tax and non-controlling interests in the joint venture. Adjustments are made where 
necessary to bring the accounting policies in line with those of the Company.

After application of the equity method, the Company determines whether it is necessary to recognize an impairment loss on its investment in its joint 
venture. If there is evidence that the investment in the joint venture is impaired, the Company calculates the amount of impairment as the diff erence 
between the recoverable amount of the joint venture and its carrying value, and then recognizes the loss as “loss on investment in joint venture” in 
the consolidated statements of income.

A listing of all jointly controlled entities is presented in Note 31.

c)  Foreign Currency Translation

Functional and Presentation Currency
Items included in the fi nancial statements of each of the Company’s subsidiaries, joint arrangements and associates are measured using the currency 
of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (the “functional currency”). The consolidated fi nancial statements of the Company 
are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the parent company’s presentation and functional currency.

Transactions
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign 
exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation at period-end exchange rates of monetary 
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign functional currencies are recognized in the consolidated statements of income, except when deferred in 
other comprehensive income (loss) as qualifying net investment hedges.

Translation of Foreign Operations
The results and fi nancial position of all the Company’s entities that have a functional currency diff erent from the presentation currency are translated 
into the presentation currency as follows:

•  assets and liabilities for each consolidated balance sheet presented are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet; and 

• 

 income and expenses for each consolidated statement of income are translated at the average exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. 

On consolidation, exchange diff erences arising from the translation of the net investment in foreign operations, and of borrowings and other currency 
instruments designated as hedges of such investments, are taken to other comprehensive income (loss).

When a foreign operation is partially disposed of or sold, exchange diff erences that were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
are recognized in the consolidated statement of income as part of the gain or loss on sale.

Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and 
translated at the closing rate.

d)  Revenue Recognition
Revenue is recognized to the extent that it is probable that the economic benefi ts will fl ow to the Company and the revenue can be reliably measured, 
regardless of when the payment is being made. Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration received or receivable, taking into account 
contractually defi ned terms of payment and excluding taxes or duty.

Sale of Goods
Revenue from the sale of goods is recognized when the signifi cant risks and rewards of ownership of the goods have passed to the buyer, usually on 
delivery of the goods.

56 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

Rendering of Services
Revenue from pipe coating, inspection, repair and other services provided in respect of customer-owned property is recognized as services are 
performed under specifi c contracts. Revenue on these contracts is recognized using the percentage of completion method based on a proportional 
performance basis using output as a measure of performance. Losses, if any, on these contracts are provided for in full at the time such losses 
are identifi ed.

Services performed in advance of billings are recorded as unbilled revenue pursuant to the contractual terms. In general, amounts become billable 
upon the achievement of certain milestones or in accordance with predetermined payment schedules. Changes in the scope of work are not included 
in net revenue until earned and realization is assured.

e)  Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of balances with banks and other short-term highly liquid investments with original maturity dates on acquisition of 
90 days or less. The amounts presented in the consolidated fi nancial statements approximate the fair value of cash and cash equivalents.

f)  Short-term Investments
Short-term investments consist of liquid fi nancial instruments with a maturity date greater than 90 days and less than one year.

g)  Inventories
Inventories are measured at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined on a fi rst-in, fi rst-out (“FIFO”) basis, except in certain 
project based pipe coating businesses where the average cost basis is employed, and includes direct materials, direct labour and variable and fi xed 
manufacturing overheads. Net realizable value for fi nished goods, work-in-process and raw materials inventories required for production is the 
estimated amount that would be realized on eventual sale of completed products, less the estimated costs necessary to complete the sale, while 
for excess raw materials it is the current market price. Ownership of inbound inventories is recognized at the time title passes to the Company.

h)  Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recorded at historical cost less accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment. Direct costs are 
included in the asset’s carrying amount, such as borrowing costs for long-term construction projects and major inspections, as appropriate, only 
when it is probable that future economic benefi ts associated with the item will fl ow to the Company and the cost of the item can be measured 
reliably. The carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognized.

All other repair and maintenance costs are recognized in the consolidated statements of income during the fi nancial period in which they are 
incurred. The expected cost for the decommissioning and remediation of an asset is included in the cost of the respective asset if the recognition 
criteria are met.

Property, plant and equipment, other than land and project-related facilities and equipment, are amortized over their useful lives commencing when 
the asset is available for use on a straight-line basis at the following annual rates: 

•  100% for land improvements; 

•  3% to 10% on buildings; 

•  5% to 50% on machinery and equipment; and

•  Project related facilities are amortized over the estimated project life.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognized when no further economic benefi ts are expected from its use or disposal. Any gains 
or losses arising on derecognition of the asset (calculated as the diff erence between the net disposal proceeds or the net recoverable amount, 
and the carrying value of the asset) is included in the consolidated statements of income in the year the asset is derecognized.

The assets’ residual values, useful lives and methods of amortization are reviewed at the end of each reporting period and adjusted prospectively 
if appropriate.

i)  Borrowing Costs
Borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of the asset. 
All other borrowing costs are expensed in the period in which they occur. Borrowing costs consist of interest and other costs that an entity incurs in 
connection with the borrowing of funds.

j)  Intangible Assets
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured at cost. The cost of intangible assets acquired in a business combination is the fair value as at 
the date of acquisition. Following initial recognition, intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and any accumulated 
impairment losses. Internally generated intangible assets, excluding capitalized development costs, are not capitalized and the expenditure is 
refl ected in the consolidated statements of income during the period in which they are incurred.

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

57

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Intellectual Property and Intangible Assets with Limited Lives
Intellectual property and intangible assets with limited lives are amortized over their useful life and assessed for impairment whenever there 
is an indication that the intangible asset may be impaired. Amortization is recorded on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives of 
up to 15 years. The amortization period and the amortization method are reviewed at least at each year end and adjusted prospectively if appropriate.

Intangible Assets with Indefi nite Lives
Intangible assets with indefi nite useful lives are not amortized but are tested for impairment annually, or when there is an indication that the asset 
may be impaired either individually or at the Cash Generating Unit (“CGU”) level. The assessment of indefi nite life is reviewed annually to determine 
whether the indefi nite life continues to be supportable; if not, the change in useful life from indefi nite to fi nite is made on a prospective basis.

Gains or losses arising from the derecognition of an intangible asset are measured as the diff erence between the net disposal proceeds and the 
carrying amount of the assets and are recognized in the consolidated statements of income when the asset is derecognized.

k)  Impairment of Non-fi nancial Assets
Assets that have indefi nite useful lives are not subject to amortization and are tested annually for impairment or when there is an indication that the 
asset may be impaired.

Assets that are subject to amortization are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. The 
recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. For the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are 
grouped into CGUs at the lowest levels for which there are separately identifi able independent cash fl ows. Non-fi nancial assets, other than goodwill, 
that suff ered an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment whenever reversal indicators exist.

l)  Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price of the Company’s interest in subsidiary entities over the fair value of the underlying net 
identifi able tangible and intangible assets arising at the date of acquisition.

Goodwill is deemed to have an indefi nite life and is tested annually for impairment or when there is an indicator of impairment and carried at 
cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.

Goodwill is allocated to CGUs for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected 
to benefi t from the business combination in which the goodwill arose, but are not allocated above the operating segment level at which management 
monitors the recovery of goodwill.

Gains and losses on the disposal of a CGU or component of a CGU include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

m)  Investments in Associates
The Company accounts for investments in which it has signifi cant infl uence using the equity method and these investments are initially 
recognized at cost, and the carrying amount is increased or decreased to recognize the investor’s share of the profi t or loss of the investee, 
after the date of acquisition.

n)  Employee Future Benefi ts
The Company provides future benefi ts to its employees under a number of defi ned benefi t and defi ned contribution arrangements. The employee 
future benefi ts liability recognized on the consolidated balance sheets, in respect of the defi ned benefi t pension plans, represents the defi cit position 
for those defi ned benefi t plans, whose defi ned benefi t obligation exceeds that pension plan’s assets. The Company has included in other assets the 
net surplus position of those defi ned benefi t plans whose pension plan assets exceed the defi ned benefi t obligation. 

The defi ned benefi t obligation is determined by independent actuaries using the projected benefi t method pro-rated on service. The defi ned benefi t 
obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outfl ows using interest rates of high-quality corporate bonds that have terms to 
maturity matching the terms of the related defi ned benefi t arrangements. Plan assets are valued at quoted market prices at the consolidated balance 
sheet dates.

Past service costs arising from plan amendments are fully recognized in income when the plan amendment or curtailment occurs, or when related 
restructuring costs or termination benefi ts are recognized, whichever comes fi rst.

Actuarial gains and losses resulting from experience adjustments and the eff ect of changes in actuarial assumptions and actual returns on plan 
assets as compared to returns using interest rates of high quality corporate bonds are recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) in the period 
in which they arise. 

For the Company’s defi ned contribution plans, costs are determined based on the services provided by the Company’s employees and are recognized 
in the consolidated statements of income as those services are provided.

58 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

o)  Leases
Finance leases, which transfer to the Company substantially all the risks and benefi ts incidental to ownership of the leased item, are capitalized at the 
commencement of the lease at the fair value of the leased property or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. Lease payments 
are apportioned between fi nance charges and reduction of the lease liability so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of 
the liability.

Leases in which substantially all of the benefi ts and risks of ownership are not transferred by the lessor are classifi ed as operating leases. Payments 
made under operating leases are charged to the consolidated statements of income on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.

p)  Trade and Other Receivables
Impairment of trade and other receivables is constantly monitored. Impairments are based on observed customer solvency, the aging of trade and 
other receivables, historical values and customer specifi c and industry risks. External credit ratings as well as bank and trade references are reviewed 
when available.

q)  Provisions
A provision is an accrued liability, legal or constructive, resulting from a past event with a high degree of uncertainty with respect to either the timing 
or amount. Provisions must be probable and should be measurable to be recognized, and are determined by discounting the expected future cash 
fl ows at a pre-tax rate that refl ects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specifi c to the liability. The increase in the 
provision due to the passage of time is recognized as fi nance costs in the consolidated statements of income. 

r)  Financial Instruments
Financial assets recorded at fair value through profi t or loss include fi nancial assets meeting specifi ed criteria and designated upon initial recognition 
at fair value through profi t or loss as appropriate. 

Held-to-maturity fi nancial assets, loans and receivables and other liabilities not held for trading are accounted for at amortized cost.

Financial assets are recognized initially at fair value. Available-for-sale fi nancial assets are those non-derivative fi nancial assets that are so designated 
by the Company or do not fall into another category. Available-for-sale fi nancial assets are carried on the consolidated balance sheets at fair value 
with gains or losses from changes in fair value in a period included in other comprehensive income (loss).

All fi nancial liabilities are initially recorded at fair value and designated upon inception as fair value through profi t or loss, or loans and borrowings. 
Financial liabilities classifi ed as fair value through profi t or loss include derivative fi nancial instruments. Any changes in fair value are recognized 
through the consolidated statements of income.

Loans and borrowings are initially recorded at fair value less any directly attributable transaction costs. After initial recognition, other liabilities are 
subsequently measured at amortized cost using the eff ective interest rate method.

The following is a summary of the classes of fi nancial instruments included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as well as their designation 
by the Company: 

Balance Sheet Item 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Accounts receivable 
Loans receivable 
Long-term loan to associate 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 
Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable 
Accounts payable 
Deferred purchase consideration 
Long-term debt 

Designation

Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables 
Loans and receivables 
Fair value through profi t and loss
Loans and borrowings
Loans and borrowings
Loans and borrowings
Loans and borrowings
Loans and borrowings

Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company’s policy is to document its risk management objectives and strategy for undertaking various derivative fi nancial instrument 
transactions. Derivative fi nancial instruments designated as eff ective net investment hedges are refl ected in the consolidated balance sheets at fair 
value, with any gains or losses resulting from fair value changes included in other comprehensive income (loss) to the extent of hedge eff ectiveness. 
Derivative fi nancial instruments not designated as part of a formal hedging relationship are carried at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets, 
with gains or losses resulting from changes in fair value in a period charged or credited to foreign exchange gains and losses on the consolidated 
statements of income.

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

59

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Fair Value
Financial instruments measured at fair value are categorized into one of the following three hierarchy levels for disclosure purposes:

•  Level 1   Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments that are observable.

•  Level 2  

 Quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and derived from or 
corroborated by observable market data.

•  Level 3  

Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more signifi cant inputs are unobservable.

The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

Derecognition
Financial assets are derecognized where the contractual rights to the receipt of cash fl ows expire or the asset is transferred to another party 
whereby the entity no longer has any signifi cant continuing involvement in the risks and rewards associated with the asset. Financial liabilities are 
derecognized where the related obligations are either discharged, cancelled or expire. The diff erence between the carrying value of the fi nancial 
liability extinguished or transferred to another party and the fair value of the consideration paid, including the transfer of non-cash assets or liabilities 
assumed, is recognized in the consolidated statement of income in the period in which it is incurred.

Impairment
Financial assets carried at amortized cost are assessed at each reporting date for any potential impairment. If there is objective evidence that an 
impairment loss has been incurred, the amount of the loss is measured as the diff erence between the carrying amount and the present value of 
estimated future cash fl ows discounted using the original eff ective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is then reduced by the amount of 
the impairment and is recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the 
impairment was recognized, the reversal of the previously recognized impairment loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income.

Transaction Costs
Transaction costs associated with fi nancial assets carried at fair value through profi t or loss are expensed as incurred, while transaction costs 
associated with all other fi nancial assets are included in the initial carrying amount of the asset.

s)  Share-based and Other Incentive-based Compensation
The Company has various stock-based compensation plans. The Company recognizes compensation expense in respect of all of its stock-based 
compensation plans. The compensation expense for equity settled awards is equal to the estimated fair value, based on an appropriate pricing model, 
of the incentive options, rights or units granted at the grant date, and is amortized over the vesting period of the incentive options, rights or units.

In accordance with IFRS, for each award of stock-based compensation that vests in installments, the fair value is determined on each installment as 
a separate award. Non-market vesting conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options that are expected to vest. At the end of 
each reporting period, the Company revises its estimates of the number of options, rights or incentive units that are expected to vest based on the 
non-market vesting conditions.

For options, units or rights that are settled with equity, an amount equal to compensation expense is initially credited to contributed surplus and 
transferred to share capital if and when the option, unit or right is exercised. Consideration received on the exercise of a stock option, right or unit 
is credited to share capital, when additional equity instruments are issued. 

Options, units or rights that are settled with cash are classifi ed as liability instruments in accordance with IFRS, as their terms require that they be 
settled in cash. Until the date of settlement, the liability associated with cash-settled options, units or rights is remeasured at the fair value at each 
reporting period, with any changes in the fair value recognized in the consolidated statements of income. 

Awards where the employee has the right to choose whether a share-based transaction is settled in cash or by issuing equity are accounted for as 
liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. 

For cash-settled awards, the fair value is recalculated at each consolidated balance sheet date until the awards are settled based on the estimated 
number of awards that are expected to vest, adjusting for market and non-market based performance conditions. During the vesting period, a liability 
is recognized representing the portion of the vesting period that has expired at the consolidated balance sheet date multiplied by the fair value of 
the awards at that date. After vesting, the full fair value of the unsettled awards at each consolidated balance sheet date is recognized as a liability. 
Movements in the liability are recognized in the consolidated statements of income. The fair value is recalculated using an option pricing model.

60 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

t)  Research and Development Costs
In accordance with IAS 38, Intangible Assets, research and development costs are charged to the consolidated statements of income, except for 
development costs, which are capitalized as an intangible asset when the following criteria are met:

•  the project is clearly defi ned and the costs are separately identifi ed and reliably measured;

•  the technical feasibility of the project is demonstrated;

•  the project will generate future economic benefi t;

•  resources are available to complete the project; and

•  the project is intended to be completed.

The intangible assets are carried at cost less any accumulated amortization and accumulated impairment losses. Amortization of the asset 
commences when development has been completed and the asset is available for use. It is amortized over the period of expected future benefi t, 
generally between three to ten years. During the period of development, the asset is tested for impairment annually. All other development costs are 
charged to the consolidated statements of income.

u)  Income Taxes
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred income taxes. Income tax is recognized in the consolidated statements of income, except to the 
extent that it relates to items recognized in other comprehensive income (loss).

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the consolidated balance sheet dates in 
the countries where the Company and its subsidiaries operate and generate taxable income.

The Company accounts for income taxes using the liability method. Under this method, deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined 
based on diff erences between the fi nancial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and are measured using the enacted or substantively 
enacted tax rates and laws that will be in eff ect when the diff erences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax liabilities are not recognized if they 
arise from the initial recognition of goodwill; deferred income tax is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or liability in a 
transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction aff ects neither accounting nor taxable profi t or loss.

Deferred income tax assets are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profi t will be available against which the temporary 
diff erences can be utilized.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are off set when there is a legally enforceable right to off set current tax assets against current tax liabilities 
and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority on either the same taxable entity 
or diff erent taxable entities where there is an intention to settle the balances on a net basis.

Investment tax credits relating to the acquisition of assets are accounted for using the cost reduction approach, reducing the cost of the asset 
acquired or amortized into income over the useful life of the asset.

v)  Earnings Per Share (“EPS”)
Basic EPS is calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the period.

Diluted EPS is calculated using the treasury stock method for determining the dilutive eff ect of outstanding fi nancial instruments issued under the 
Company’s various stock-based compensation plans. Under this method, the conversion of dilutive fi nancial instruments and related issue of shares is 
assumed at the beginning of the period (or at the time of award, if later).

The proceeds from the conversion or exercise of dilutive fi nancial instruments plus future period compensation expenses are assumed to be used to 
purchase common shares at the average market price during the period, and the incremental number of shares (the diff erence between the number 
of shares assumed issued and assumed purchased) is included in the denominator of the diluted EPS computation.

w)  Segment Reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief 
operating decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing the performance of the operating segments, has been identifi ed 
as the Chief Executive Offi  cer.

x)  Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated fi nancial statements in conformity with IFRS requires management to make estimates and assumptions that aff ect 
the amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated fi nancial statements and the 
reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could diff er from those estimates.

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

61

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Critical estimates used in preparing the consolidated fi nancial statements include:

Long-lived Assets and Goodwill
The Company evaluates the carrying values of the CGUs’ goodwill on an annual basis on October 31 of each year to determine whether or not 
impairment of these assets has occurred and whether write-downs of the value of these assets are required. Similarly, the Company evaluates 
the carrying values of CGUs for long-lived assets whenever circumstances arise that could indicate impairment or reversal of impairment, at each 
reporting date. These impairment tests include certain assumptions regarding discount rates and future cash fl ows generated by these assets in 
determining the value-in-use and fair value less costs to sell calculations. Actual results could diff er from these assumptions.

Future Benefi t Obligations
The Company provides future benefi ts to its employees under a number of defi ned benefi t arrangements. The calculation of the defi ned benefi t 
obligation recognized in the consolidated fi nancial statements includes a number of assumptions regarding discount rates, rates of employee 
compensation increases, rates of infl ation, and life expectancies. The outcome of any of these factors could diff er from the estimates used in the 
calculations and have an impact on operating expenses, non-current assets and non-current liabilities.

Provisions and Contingent Liabilities
Provisions and liabilities for legal and other contingent matters are recognized in the period when it becomes probable that there will be a future 
outfl ow of economic benefi ts resulting from past operations or events and the amount of the cash outfl ow can be reliably measured. The timing of 
recognition and measurement of the provision requires the application of judgment to existing facts and circumstances, which can be subject to 
change. The carrying amounts of provisions and liabilities are reviewed regularly and adjusted to take account of changing facts and circumstances.

The Company is required to determine whether a loss is probable based on judgment and interpretation of laws and regulations and whether the loss 
can be reliably measured. When a loss is determined it is charged to the consolidated statements of income. The Company must continually monitor 
known and potential contingent matters and make appropriate provisions by charges to income when warranted by circumstances.

Decommissioning Liabilities
Decommissioning liabilities include legal and constructive obligations related to owned and leased facilities. These have been recorded in the 
consolidated fi nancial statements based on estimated future amounts required to satisfy these obligations. The amount recognized is the present 
value of estimated future expenditures required to settle the obligation using a current pre-tax risk-free rate. A corresponding asset equal to the 
present value of the initial estimated liability is capitalized as part of the cost of the related long-lived asset. Changes in the estimated liability 
resulting from revisions to estimated timing or future decommissioning cost estimates are recognized as a change in the decommissioning liability 
and the related long-lived asset. The amount capitalized in property, plant and equipment is depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of 
the related asset. Increases in the decommissioning liabilities resulting from the passage of time are recognized as a fi nance cost in the consolidated 
statements of income.

Actual expenditures incurred are charged against the accumulated decommissioning liability.

Financial Instruments
The Company has determined the estimated fair values of its fi nancial instruments not traded in an active market based on appropriate valuation 
methodologies; however, considerable judgment is required to develop these estimates, mainly based on market conditions existing at the end of 
each reporting period. Accordingly, these estimated fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize in a current 
market exchange. The estimated fair value amounts can be materially aff ected by the use of diff erent assumptions or methodologies.

Income Taxes
The recording of income tax expense includes certain estimations related to the impact in the current year of future events. Diff erences between the 
estimated and actual impact of these events could impact tax expense, current taxes payable or deferred taxes. In particular, earnings and losses in 
foreign jurisdictions may be taxed at rates diff erent from those expected in Canada. 

Deferred tax assets are recognized for unused tax losses to the extent that it is probable that taxable profi t will be available against which the losses 
can be utilized. Signifi cant management judgement is required to determine the amount of deferred tax assets that can be recognized, based upon 
the likely timing and the level of future taxable profi ts together with future tax planning strategies.

Uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of complex tax regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing of future taxable 
income. Given the wide range of international business relationships and the long-term nature and complexity of existing contractual agreements, 
diff erences arising between the actual results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future adjustments 
to tax income and expense already recorded. The Company establishes provisions, based on reasonable estimates, for possible consequences of audits 
by the tax authorities of the respective countries in which it operates. The amount of such provisions is based on various factors, such as experience 
of previous tax audits and diff ering interpretations of tax regulations by the taxable entity and the responsible tax authority. Such diff erences in 
interpretation may arise for a wide variety of issues depending on the conditions prevailing in the respective domicile of the respective companies.

62 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

NOTE 4.  NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ADOPTED 

IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements 

Presentation of Items of Other Comprehensive Income
The IASB amended IAS 1, Presentation of Financial Statements, by revising how certain items are presented in other comprehensive income (“OCI”). 
Items within OCI that may be reclassifi ed to profi t and loss at a future point in time now have to be presented separately from items that will never 
be reclassifi ed. The Company adopted this standard eff ective January 1, 2013. The Company has modifi ed its statements of comprehensive income 
to become compliant with the amendments made to IAS 1. The amendment aff ected presentation only and had no impact on the Company’s fi nancial 
position or results of operations. 

Clarifi cation of the Requirement for Comparative Information
The amendment to IAS 1 eff ective January 1, 2013 clarifi es the diff erence between voluntary additional comparative information and the minimum 
required comparative information. An entity must include comparative information in the related notes to the fi nancial statements when it voluntarily 
provides comparative information beyond the minimum required comparative information. The additional voluntarily comparative information does 
not need to be presented in a complete set of fi nancial statements.

An opening statement of fi nancial position (known as the “Opening Balance Sheet”) must be presented when an entity applies an accounting policy 
retrospectively, makes retrospective restatements, or reclassifi es items in its fi nancial statements, provided any of those changes has a material eff ect 
on the statement of fi nancial position at the beginning of the preceding period. The Company has disclosed the Opening Balance Sheet in Note 5. 
The amendment to IAS 1 clarifi es related notes are not required for the Opening Balance Sheet. 

IFRS 10, Consolidated Financial Statements
On January 1, 2013, ShawCor adopted IFRS 10, Consolidated Financial Statements, which replaced portions of IAS 27, Consolidated and Separate 
Financial Statements and interpretation SIC-12 Consolidation – Special Purpose Entities. IFRS 10 changes the defi nition of control such that an 
investor is considered to control an investee when it is exposed, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the investee, and has 
the current ability to aff ect those returns through its power over the investee. To meet the defi nition of control in IFRS 10, all three criteria must 
be met, including: (a) an investor has power over an investee; (b) the investor has exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with 
the investee; and (c) the investor has the ability to use its power over the investee to aff ect the amount of the investor’s returns. As required by 
this standard, control is reassessed as facts and circumstances change. All facts and circumstances must be considered to make a judgment about 
whether the Company controls another entity. Additional guidance is given on how to evaluate whether certain relationships give the Company the 
current ability to aff ect its returns, including how to consider options and convertible instruments, holding less than a majority of voting rights, how 
to consider protective rights and principal-agency relationships (including removal rights), all of which may diff er from current practice. 
The Company’s adoption of IFRS 10 eff ective January 1, 2013 had no material impact on the consolidation of investments by the Company. 

IFRS 11, Joint Arrangements
On January 1, 2013, ShawCor adopted IFRS 11, Joint Arrangements, which applies to accounting for interests in joint arrangements where there is joint 
control. IFRS 11 replaces IAS 31, Interests in Joint Ventures and SIC-13, Jointly-controlled Entities – Non-monetary Contributions by Venturers. IFRS 11 
requires that reporting issuers consider whether a joint arrangement is structured through a separate vehicle, as well as the terms of the contractual 
arrangement and other relevant facts and circumstances, to assess whether the venture is entitled to only the net assets of the joint arrangement 
(“joint venture”) or to its share of the assets and liabilities of the joint arrangement (“a joint operation”). A joint venture is accounted for using the 
equity method and a joint operation is accounted for by including the joint venture partner’s share of the assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses in 
the consolidated fi nancial statements of the joint venture partner. 

The application of IFRS 11 resulted in the Company replacing the proportionate consolidation method of accounting for joint ventures with the equity 
method of accounting for joint ventures. The eff ect of IFRS 11 is described in Note 5, which includes quantifi cation of the eff ect on the Company’s 
consolidated fi nancial statements.

IFRS 12, Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities 
On January 1, 2013, the Company adopted IFRS 12, Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities, which includes disclosure requirements about subsidiaries, 
joint arrangements and associates, as well as unconsolidated structured entities and replaced existing disclosure requirements. Due to this new 
standard, the Company is now required to disclose in its annual consolidated fi nancial statements the following: judgments and assumptions made 
when deciding how to classify involvement with another entity, interests that non-controlling interests have in consolidated entities, and the nature 
of the risks associated with interests in other entities. These consolidated fi nancial statements include those disclosures stipulated by IFRS 12. 

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

63

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement 
Eff ective January 1, 2013, the Company has adopted IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement. IFRS 13 establishes a single source of guidance for all fair value 
measurements, when fair value is required or permitted by IFRS. IFRS 13 does not change when an entity is required to use fair value, but rather 
provides guidance on how to measure fair value under IFRS when fair value is required or permitted. In addition, fair value will now be defi ned as the 
“exit price” and concepts of “highest and best use” and “valuation premise” are relevant only for non-fi nancial assets and liabilities. Upon adoption, the 
Company has started to use a single framework for measuring fair value and will provide additional disclosures as prescribed by IFRS. The application 
of IFRS 13 has not materially impacted the fair value measurements carried out by the Company. 

IFRS 13 also requires specifi c disclosures on fair values, some of which replace existing disclosure requirements in other standards, including IFRS 7, 
Financial Instruments: Disclosures. The Company has provided these prescribed fi nancial statement disclosures in note 25.

IAS 19R, Employee Benefi ts
Eff ective January 1, 2013, ShawCor adopted revised IAS 19, Employee Benefi ts. IAS 19R includes a number of amendments to the accounting for 
defi ned benefi t plans, including actuarial gains and losses that are now recognized in other comprehensive income (OCI) and permanently excluded 
from profi t or loss; expected returns on plan assets are no longer recognized in profi t or loss; interest on the net defi ned benefi t liability (asset) 
is recognized in profi t or loss, and is calculated using the discount rate used to measure the defi ned benefi t obligation; and unvested past service 
costs are now recognized in profi t or loss at the earlier of when the amendment occurs or when the related restructuring or termination costs are 
recognized. The amended standard impacts the net benefi t expense as the expected return on plan assets is calculated using the same interest rate as 
applied for the purpose of discounting the benefi t obligation. Other amendments include new disclosures, such as quantitative sensitivity disclosures. 

The transition to IAS 19R has had a material impact on the net defi ned benefi t plan obligations due to the diff erence in accounting for interest on 
plan assets and unvested past service costs. The eff ect of IAS 19R is described in note 5, which includes quantifi cation of the eff ect on the Company’s 
consolidated fi nancial statements.

IAS 27, Separate Financial Statements 
ShawCor adopted IAS 27, Separate Financial Statements eff ective January 1, 2013. As a result of the issue of the new consolidation suite of standards, 
IAS 27 has been reissued to refl ect the changes to the consolidation guidance recently included in IFRS 10. In addition, IAS 27 will now only prescribe 
the accounting and disclosure requirements for investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates when the Company prepares separate 
fi nancial statements. There was no impact from the adoption of this new standard to the Company’s consolidated fi nancial statements. 

IAS 28, Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures
ShawCor adopted IAS 28, Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures, eff ective January 1, 2013. As a consequence of the issue of IFRS 10, IFRS 11 and 
IFRS 12, IAS 28 has been amended and now provides further accounting guidance for investments in associates and sets out the requirements for the 
application of the equity method when accounting for investments in associates and joint ventures. This standard will be applied by the Company 
when there is joint control or signifi cant infl uence over an investee. Signifi cant infl uence is the power to participate in the fi nancial and operating 
policy decisions of the investee but does not include control or joint control of those policy decisions. When it has been determined that the 
Company has an interest in a joint venture or has signifi cant infl uence over an investee, the Company will recognize an investment and will account 
for it using the equity method in accordance with IAS 28.

The adoption of IAS 28 by the Company changed the method of accounting for its joint ventures from the proportionate consolidation method 
to the equity method. The eff ect of IAS 28 is described in note 5, which includes quantifi cation of the eff ect on the Company’s consolidated 
fi nancial statements.

IAS 36, Impairment of Assets 
In May 2013, the IASB released an amendment to this standard that requires entities to disclose the recoverable amount of an asset or cash 
generating unit when an impairment loss has been recognized or reversed and certain other information when an impairment loss or reversal is based 
on fair value less costs to sell. This amendment is required to be applied for accounting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014. The Company 
has early adopted this standard. The adoption of this amendment aff ected disclosure only and has no impact on the consolidated fi nancial statements 
of the Company.

64 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

Accounting Standards Issued but Not Yet Applied

IFRS 9, Financial Instruments
IFRS 9, as issued, refl ects the fi rst phase of the IASB’s work on the replacement of IAS 39 and applies to classifi cation and measurement of fi nancial 
assets and fi nancial liabilities as defi ned in IAS 39. The standard was initially eff ective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2015; 
however, as a result of further amendments to IFRS 9 there is no longer a mandatory eff ective date for this standard. In subsequent phases, the 
IASB amended IFRS 9 to address hedge accounting, and further amendments for impairment of fi nancial assets are pending. The Company will 
quantify the eff ect of adopting IFRS 9, when the fi nal standard including all phases is issued.

IFRIC Interpretation 21 Levies (IFRIC 21)
IFRIC 21 clarifi es that an entity recognizes a liability for a levy when the activity that triggers payment, as identifi ed by the relevant legislation,
 occurs. For a levy that is triggered upon reaching a minimum threshold, the interpretation clarifi es that no liability should be anticipated before the 
specifi ed minimum threshold is reached. IFRIC 21 is eff ective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2014. The Company is still evaluating 
the impact of IFRIC 21 on its fi nancial statements.

NOTE 5. 

IMPACT OF ADOPTING NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

a)  IFRS 11, Joint Ventures
The Company had the following interests in joint ventures as at January 1, 2012 and December 31, 2012:

Hal Shaw Inc. 
Shaw & Shaw Ltd. 
Helicone Holdings Limited 
Socotherm Brasil S.A.  
Atlantida Socotherm S.A. 
Socotherm Gulf of Mexico, LLC 

Country of 
Incorporation 

U.S.A. 
Canada 
Russia 
Brazil 
  Argentina 
U.S.A. 

Activity 

Pipe coating  
Pipe coating  
Pipe coating  
Pipe coating  
Pipe coating  
Pipe coating  

Proportion of Interest Held
Jan 1, 2012

Dec 31, 2012 

50% 
83% 
25%  
50% 
50% 
51% 

50%
83%
25% 
–
–
–

Under IAS 31, Investment in Joint Ventures (prior to the transition to IFRS 11), the Company’s interests in all of its joint ventures were classifi ed as 
jointly controlled entities and the Company’s share of the assets, liabilities, revenue, income and expenses was proportionately consolidated in the 
consolidated fi nancial statements. Upon adoption of IFRS 11, the Company has determined all of its interests in joint arrangements are joint ventures, 
which are now accounted for using the equity method. The Company has applied IFRS 11 retrospectively to January 1, 2012 with the resulting eff ect 
shown in the IFRS transition bridges below.

b)  IAS 19R, Employee Benefi ts
The Company provides future benefi ts to its employees under a number of defi ned benefi t and defi ned contribution arrangements. The defi ned 
benefi t pension plans are in Canada, the U.K. and Norway and include both fl at-dollar plans for hourly employees and fi nal earning plans for salaried 
employees. The Company also provides a post-retirement life insurance benefi t to its Canadian retirees and a post-employment benefi t to its hourly 
and salaried employees in Indonesia. 

IAS 19R has been applied retrospectively from January 1, 2012. As a result, the corridor method is no longer applicable and instead the full funded 
status of the plan is recognized on the balance sheet with actuarial gains and losses recognized in OCI without subsequent reversal. In addition, 
expected returns on plan assets of defi ned benefi t plans are not recognized in profi t or loss. Instead, interest on the net defi ned benefi t obligation 
is recognized in profi t or loss, calculated using the discount rate used to measure the net pension obligation or asset. Also, unvested past service 
costs can no longer be deferred and recognized over the future vesting period. Instead, all past service costs are recognized at the earlier of when the 
amendment occurs and when the Company recognizes related restructuring or termination costs. Until 2012, the Company’s unvested past service 
costs were recognized as an expense on a straight-line basis over the average period until the benefi ts become vested. Upon transition to IAS 19R, 
past service costs are recognized immediately in profi t or loss, if the benefi ts have vested immediately following the introduction of, or changes to, a 
pension plan. The eff ect of applying IAS 19R is shown in the IFRS transition bridges as follows:

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

65

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

IFRS Reconciliation of the Balance Sheet as at January 1, 2012  

December 31, 
2011 

IFRS 11 Joint 
Arrangements 
(Note 5a) 

IAS 19 
Employee Future 
Benefi ts 
(Note 5b) 

Restated under
IFRS Changes
January 1,
2012

$  1,228,409

$ 

$ 

 56,731  
10,545 
2,047 
 279,324  
 15,981  
 146,786 
 24,454  
270 

536,138 

12,622 
299,118 
86,362 
30,095 
– 
30,058 
12,022 
220,334 

690,611 

$ 

(194) 
– 
– 
(190) 
– 
(370) 
(1) 
– 

(755) 

 – 
 (397) 
 – 
– 
30 
– 
– 
– 

(367) 

$  1,226,749 

$ 

(1,122) 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
4,689 
(1,907) 
– 
2,782 
2,782 

$ 

$ 

12,281 
5,001 
156,064 
12,317 
35,200 
419 
27,446 
268 

248,996 

40,523 
2,499 
10,336 
56,984 

110,342 

359,338 

218,381 
16,391 
664,475 
(31,836) 

867,411 

– 
(5,001) 
(1,132) 
4,018 
993 
– 
– 
– 

 (1,122) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

 – 

(1,122) 

– 
– 
– 
– 

– 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
– 
15,979 
– 
15,979 
15,979 

– 
– 
– 
 (13,197) 
(13,197) 
2,782 

 56,537
10,545
2,047
279,134
15,981
 146,416
24,453
270

535,383

12,622
298,721
86,362
30,095
30
34,747
10,115
220,334

693,026

12,281
–
154,932
16,335
36,193
419
27,446
268

247,874

40,523
2,499
26,315
56,984

126,321

374,195

218,381
16,391
664,475
(45,033)

854,214

$  1,226,749 

$ 

(1,122) 

$ 

$  1,228,409

Assets 
Current Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loan receivable 
Accounts receivable  
Income taxes receivable 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 

Non-current Assets 
Loans receivable 
Property, plant and equipment  
Intangible assets  
Investments in associate 
Investments in joint ventures 
Deferred income taxes  
Other assets  
Goodwill 

Liabilities and Equity 
Current Liabilities 
Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Provisions 
Income taxes payable 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 
Deferred revenue 
Obligations under fi nance lease  

Non-current Liabilities 
Provisions 
Derivative fi nancial instruments  
Employee future benefi ts 
Deferred income taxes  

Equity 
Share capital  
Contributed surplus 
Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

66 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IFRS Reconciliation of the Balance Sheet as at December 31, 2012  

Assets 
Current Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loan receivable 
Accounts receivable  
Income taxes receivable 
Inventories 
Prepaid expenses 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 

Assets held for sale 

Non-current Assets 
Loans receivable 
Property, plant and equipment  
Intangible assets  
Investments in joint ventures 
Deferred income taxes  
Other assets  
Goodwill 

Liabilities and Equity 
Current Liabilities 
Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable 
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities 
Provisions 
Income taxes payable 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 
Deferred revenue 
Obligations under fi nance lease  

Liabilities directly associated with the assets classifi ed as held for sale 

Non-current Liabilities 
Loans payable 
Obligations under fi nance lease  
Provisions 
Deferred revenue 
Employee future benefi ts 
Deferred income taxes  

Equity 
Share capital  
Contributed surplus 
Retained earnings 
Non-controlling interest 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

December 31, 
2012 

IFRS 11 Joint 
Arrangements 
(Note 5a) 

IAS 19 
Employee Future 
Benefi ts 
(Note 5b) 

Restated under
IFRS Changes
December 31,
2012

$ 

$ 

293,266  
78,747 
604 
 389,929  
 13,675  
 202,887 
 41,370  
3,988 

1,024,466 
27,141 

1,051,607 

6,527 
392,592 
144,694 
– 
32,453 
13,986 
285,710 

875,962 

$ 

(8,285) 
(797) 
961 
(13,141) 
(1,838) 
(14,540) 
– 
– 

(37,640) 
– 

(37,640) 

14,376 
(21,008) 
(43,239) 
77,342 
(2,385) 
– 
(29,414) 

(4,328) 

$  1,927,569 

$ 

(41,968) 

$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

 – 
– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
6,079 
(2,807) 
– 

3,272 

3,272 

$ 

284,981
77,950
1,565
376,788 
11,837 
188,347
41,370
3,988

986,826
27,141

1,013,967

20,903
371,584
101,455
77,342
36,147
11,179
256,296

874,906

$  1,888,873

$ 

$ 

3,868 
8,328 
224,497 
43,193 
37,991 
1,275 
377,091 
1,927 

698,170 
11,917 

710,087 

8,682 
12,728 
44,814 
64,392 
9,337 
71,664 

211,617 

921,704 

221,687 
17,525 
799,849 

 (331)  
 (32,865) 

1,005,865 

1,883 
(8,328) 
(18,446) 
5,614 
(2,255) 
– 
– 
– 

(21,532) 
– 

(21,532) 

(6,018) 
– 
(4,233) 
– 
– 
(10,185) 

(20,436) 

(41,968) 

– 
– 
– 
 – 
 – 

– 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

– 
 – 

 – 

 – 
 – 
– 
 – 
20,470 
 – 

20,470 

20,470 

– 
– 
 (108) 
 – 
(17,090) 

(17,198) 

5,751
–
206,051
48,807
35,736
1,275
377,091
1,927

676,638
11,917

688,555

2,664
12,728
40,581
64,392
29,807
61,479

211,651

900,206

221,687
17,525
799,741

 (331) 
 (49,955)

988,667

$  1,927,569 

$ 

(41,968) 

$ 

3,272 

$  1,888,873

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

67

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

IFRS Reconciliation of the Statement of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Year Ended December 31, 2012 

December 31, 
2012 

IFRS 11 Joint 
Arrangements 
(Note 5a) 

IAS 19 
Employee 
Future Benefi ts 
(Note 5b) 

Restated under
IFRS Changes
December 31,
2012

$  1,482,849 
904,362 

$ 

(13,662) 
(9,358) 

$ 

578,487 

308,172 
12,242 
(119) 
45,133 
8,248 
(12,101) 
4,686 

212,226 
– 
1,318 
8,694 
413 

222,651 
44,188 

(4,304) 

(2,209) 
– 
10 
(148) 
(929) 
– 
– 

(1,028) 
618 
42 
– 
– 

(368) 
(368) 

– 
– 

– 

145 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(145) 
– 
– 
– 
– 

(145) 
(37) 

$  1,469,187
895,004

574,183

306,108
12,242
(109)
44,985
7,319
(12,101)
4,686

211,053
618
1,360
8,694
413

222,138
43,783

$ 

178,463 

$ 

– 

$ 

(108) 

$ 

178,355

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

178,418 
45 

178,463 

 2.53 
 2.50 

178,463 
(826) 
– 
– 
– 

(826) 

$ 

177,637 

$ 

$ 

$ 

177,389 
248 

177,637 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 

– 

– 
– 

– 
469 
(469) 
– 
– 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(108) 
– 

(108) 

– 
– 

(108) 
– 
– 
(5,246) 
1,353 

(3,893) 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 

178,310
45

178,355

 2.53
2.50

178,355
(357)
(469)
(5,246)
1,353

(4,719)

(4,001) 

$ 

173,636

(4,001) 
– 

(4,001) 

$ 

$ 

173,388
248

173,636

 December 31, 2012 

January 1, 2012

$  1,005,865 

$ 

867,411

(17,198) 

(13,197)

$ 

988,667 

$ 

854,214

Consolidated Statement of Income 

Revenue 
Cost of Goods Sold and Services Rendered 
Gross Profi t 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Research and development expenses 
Foreign exchange (gains) losses 
Amortization of property, plant and equipment  
Amortization of intangible assets 
Gain on sale of land 
Impairment of property, plant and equipment 
Income from Operations 
Income on investments in joint ventures 
Finance income, net 
Income on investments in associate   
Accounting gain on acquisition 

Income before Income Taxes 
Income Taxes  

Net Income 

Net Income Attributable to: 
Shareholders of the Company 
Non-controlling interests 

Earnings per Share  
Basic 
Diluted 

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 
Net Income 
Exchange diff erences on translation of foreign operations 
Other comprehensive loss attributable to investments in associates   
Actuarial loss on defi ned employee future benefi t plans 
Income tax expense on defi ned employee future benefi t plans 
Other comprehensive loss for the period 
Comprehensive Income 

Comprehensive income attributable to: 
Shareholders of the Company 
Non-controlling interests 
Comprehensive Income 

IFRS Reconciliation of Equity

Equity as previously reported 
Impact of adopting IAS 19R, Employee Benefi t (Note 5b) 

Equity in accordance with IFRS changes 

68 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 6.  SEGMENT INFORMATION

ShawCor’s operating segments are being reported based on the fi nancial information provided to the Chief Executive Offi  cer, who has been identifi ed 
as the chief operating decision-maker (“CODM”) in monitoring segment performance and allocating resources between segments. The CODM 
assesses segment performance based on segment operating income or loss, which is measured diff erently than income from operations in the 
consolidated fi nancial statements. Interest income, fi nance costs and income taxes are managed at a consolidated level and are not allocated to 
the reportable operating segments.

As at December 31, 2013, the Company had two reportable operating segments: Pipeline and Pipe Services and Petrochemical and Industrial. Inter-
segment transactions between Pipeline and Pipe Services and Petrochemical and Industrial are accounted for at negotiated transfer prices.

Pipeline and Pipe Service
The Pipeline and Pipe Services segment comprises the following business units:

•  Bredero Shaw, which provides pipe-coating, lining and insulation products;

•  Flexpipe Systems, which provides spoolable composite pipe systems;

•  Canusa-CPS, which manufactures heat shrinkable sleeves, adhesives and liquid coatings for pipeline joint protection applications;

•  Shaw Pipeline Services, which provides ultrasonic and radiographic weld inspection services for land and marine pipeline construction; 

•  Guardian, which provides oilfi eld tubular management services and inspection, testing and refurbishment of oilfi eld tubular; and

•  Socotherm, which provides pipe coating, lining and insulation products.

Petrochemical and Industrial
The Petrochemical and Industrial segment comprises the following business units:

•  ShawFlex, which manufactures wire and cable for process instrumentation and control applications; and

•  DSG-Canusa, which manufactures heat-shrinkable tubing for automotive, electrical, electronic and utility applications.

Financial and Corporate
The fi nancial and corporate division for ShawCor only earns revenue that is considered incidental to the activities of the Company. As a result, it does 
not meet the defi nition of a reportable operating segment as defi ned in IFRS. 

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

69

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Segment
The following table sets forth information by segment for the years ended December 31:

intangible assets   

10,312 

7,319 

Pipeline and Pipe Services 

Petrochemical and Industrial 

Financial and Corporate 

2013 

2012 

2013 

2012 

2013 

2012 

Eliminations and Adjustments 
2012 

2013 

Total

2013 

2012

$ 1,686,381   $  1,323,574 
641 

1,387 

$  161,168 
1,281 

$ 145,613 
1,455 

$ 1,687,768 

$  1,324,215 

$  162,449 

$ 147,068 

$ 1,238,862 

$  1,037,460 

$  138,085 

$ 123,859 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 

– 

$ 

$ 

– 
– 

– 

62,486 

$  41,780 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 
(2,668) 

$ 

– 
(2,096) 

$ 1,847,549 
– 

$  1,469,187
–

(2,668)  $ 

(2,096)  $ 1,847,549 

$  1,469,187

(2,668)  $ 

(2,096)  $ 1,436,765 

$  1,201,003

12,446 

9,084 

1,452 

1,143 

1,789 

2,015 

62,499 

41,078 

2,336 

2,180 

1,649 

1,727 

4,686 

(5,156) 

(12,101) 

3,683 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

15,687 

12,242

66,484 

44,985

10,312 

7,319

– 

4,686

(5,156) 

(12,101)

 3,683 

–

$  365,122 

$  236,689 

$ 

20,576 

$  19,886 

$ 

(65,924)  $ 

(45,522)  $ 

– 

$ 

– 

$  319,774 

$  211,053

– 

– 

413 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

8,694 

(3,874) 
727 
(5,355) 
– 
281,431 
  1,975,028 
960,223 

618 
706 
(3,782) 
– 
240,738 
  1,695,155 
  1,019,588 

– 
2 
(86) 
– 
17,388 
180,055 
60,299 

– 
2 
(4) 
– 
  15,558 
  124,324 
  17,877 

– 
427 
(10,627) 
(78,402) 
– 
796,816 
425,193 

– 
2,059 
2,379 
(43,783) 
– 
  933,985 
42,447 

– 

– 

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 

 (1,299,971)   
  (452,368) 

– 

– 

– 

– 

413

8,694

– 
– 
– 
– 
– 
(864,591) 
(179,706) 

(3,874) 
1,156 
(16,068) 
(78,402) 
298,819 
  1,651,928 
993,347 

618
2,767
(1,407)
(43,783)
256,296
  1,888,873
900,206 

$ 

59,688 

$ 

58,781 

$ 

14,422 

$  16,374 

$ 

2,081 

$ 

1,695 

$ 

– 

$ 

– 

$ 

76,191 

$ 

76,850

(in thousands of  
Canadian dollars) 

Revenue
  External  

Inter-segment 

Operating expenses  
Research and 
  development 
Amortization of 
  property, plant 
  and equipment 
Amortization of 

Impairment of 
  property, plant 
  & equipment 
Gain on sale of land   
  and other items 
Loss on assets 
  held for sale 
Income (loss) 

from operations 

Accounting gain 
  on acquisition 
Income on 

investments 
in associate 

Income on 

investments in
joint ventures 
Interest income 
Interest expense 
Income tax expense  
Goodwill 
Total assets 
Total liabilities 
Additions to property, 
  plant and, 
  equipment net 
  of disposals 

70 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Geographical Information
The following table sets forth information by geographical region for the years ended December 31, the geographic region is determined by the 
country or location of operation.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Canada 

USA 

Latin 
America 

EMAR 

Asia
Pacifi c 

Eliminations 

2013

Total

Revenue 
External 
Inter-segment 

Non-current assets(a) 

$ 

520,920 

$ 

248,846 

$ 

161,627 

$ 

247,271 

$ 

668,885 

2,604 

64 

– 

– 

$ 

$ 

523,524 

939,673 

$ 

$ 

248,910 

480,676 

$ 

$ 

161,627 

77,129 

$ 

$ 

247,271 

342,024 

$ 

$ 

– 

668,885 

$ 

$ 

– 

$  1,847,549

(2668) 

–

(2,668) 

$  1,847,549

87,752 

$ (1,050,393) 

$ 

876,861

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Canada 

USA 

Latin 
America 

EMAR 

Asia
Pacifi c 

Eliminations 

2012

Total

Revenue 
External 
Inter-segment 

Total Revenue 

Non-current assets(a) 

$ 

481,408 

$ 

213,170 

$ 

164,633 

$ 

271,966 

$ 

338,010 

2,079 

– 

16 

1 

– 

$ 

$ 

483,487 

499,665 

$ 

$ 

213,170 

412,185 

$ 

$ 

164,649 

75,627 

$ 

$ 

271,967 

170,811 

$ 

$ 

338,010 

99,718 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 

$  1,469,187

(2,096) 

–

(2,096) 

$  1,469,187

(405,478) 

$ 

852,528

(a) Excluding fi nancial instruments, deferred tax assets and post-employment benefi ts

NOTE 7.  ACQUISITION

On October 24, 2012, the Company acquired the remaining 60% of Fineglade Limited (“Fineglade”). Fineglade, which currently holds approximately 
96% of the outstanding shares of Socotherm S.p.A., was previously owned 40% by ShawCor Ltd. and 60% by an entity controlled by Sophia Capital. 
Prior to the acquisition, the investment in Fineglade was shown as an investment in associate (January 1, 2012 – $30.1 million). After the acquisition, 
the Company fully consolidates Fineglade and the fi nancial results of its subsidiaries. 

The total consideration for the acquisition of the remaining 60% of Fineglade was $144.7 million, which was satisfi ed by a cash payment of 
$68.0 million (€52.3 million), the set-off  of a pre-existing loan from ShawCor to Sophia Capital in the amount of $57.4 million (€44.6 million), deferred 
purchase consideration of $3.3 million (€2.6 million) and the settlement of other loans provided to Fineglade and the entity controlled by Sophia 
Capital in the amount of $16.0 million (US$16.0 million).

Signifi cant judgments and assumptions made regarding the fi nal purchase price allocation in the course of the acquisition of Fineglade and its 
ownership of Socotherm S.p.A. include the following:

• 

• 

 For intangible assets associated with customer relationships, the Company based its valuation on the expected future cash fl ows using the multi-
period excess earnings approach. This method employed a discounted cash fl ow analysis using the present value of the estimated after-tax cash 
fl ows expected to be generated from the purchased intangible assets using risk adjusted discount rates and revenue forecasts as appropriate based 
upon the geographical regions.

 For the valuation of brand and intellectual property, the relief-from-royalty method was applied which included estimating the cost savings that 
result from the Company’s ownership of trademarks and licenses on which it does not have to pay royalties to a licensor. The intangible assets 
are then recognized at the present value of these savings. The corporate brand Socotherm was assumed to have an unlimited life due to its long 
history and respected market position.

• 

 The Company elected to measure the non-controlling interest in Socotherm S.p.A. at the proportionate share of the value of net identifi able 
assets acquired.

As at December 31, 2012, the purchase price allocation was preliminary, subject to the fi nalization of the allocation of goodwill and intangible assets 
to the respective operations of Fineglade. The fi nalization after allocation of these amounts did not have a signifi cant impact on the December 31, 
2012 fi nancial statements. 

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

71

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table shows the fi nal purchase price allocation for the acquisition of Fineglade, and assigns the total consideration paid to the net 
assets acquired:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Consideration (including fair value of existing 40% of Fineglade): 
Cash (net of cash acquired of $21,168) 
Set off  of loan receivable from Sophia Capital   
Deferred purchase consideration   
Loans to be converted to equity 
Fair value of 40% of Fineglade interest before the acquisition 

Assets acquired at fair value: 
Current assets (excluding cash acquired of $21,168)  
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Deferred income tax assets 
Other non-current assets 
Assets held for sale (net) 
Current liabilities assumed 
Deferred income tax liabilities 
Other non-current liabilities assumed 

Total identifi able net assets at fair value 
Non-controlling interest 
Goodwill 

$ 

46,819
57,406

3,348

15,953

54,207

$ 

177,733

$ 

56,603

81,425

68,627

6,394

19,369

6,430
(69,135)

(20,957)

(41,016)

$ 

107,740

579

69,414

$ 

177,733

The goodwill acquired represents the acquired human capital and the benefi ts that the Company expects to earn from the acquisition due to 
expected synergies and other intangible assets that do not meet the criteria for recognition as identifi able intangible assets. 

The acquisition of the remaining 60% of Fineglade resulted in an accounting gain on acquisition, as follows:

Revaluation of the equity interest in Fineglade before the acquisition  
Other comprehensive income associated with previously held equity interest 
Acquisition related costs 

Accounting gain on acquisition – net 

$ 

13,131

(3,685)

(9,033)

$ 

413

Socotherm Gulf of Mexico
On April 15, 2013, the Company completed the acquisition of the remaining 49% of Socotherm S.p.A.’s joint venture in the U.S.A. for total 
consideration of approximately $23 million, excluding the forgiveness of inter-company debt. The joint venture has a strategically located facility in 
Channelview, Texas, which provides anticorrosion and advanced insulation coatings for global off shore applications, including in the Gulf of Mexico 
and West African markets. 

The carrying value of the Company’s investment immediately prior to the acquisition of the remaining 49% approximated its fair value.

On acquisition of the remaining 49% of Socotherm’s S.p.A.’s joint venture in the U.S.A., on a 100% level, the approximate value of the tangible assets 
acquired and tangible liabilities assumed was $34.8 million and $9.1 million, respectively. The approximate value of the intangible assets acquired and 
intangible liabilities assumed was $68.3 million and $13.2 million, respectively. 

NOTE 8.  EMPLOYEE BENEFITS EXPENSE

The following table sets forth the Company’s employee benefi ts expense for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Salaries, wages and employee benefi ts 
Pension 
Share-based and other incentive-based compensation (Note 29) 

Total 

72 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

2013 

2012

$ 

475,595 
17,082 
23,594 

$ 

392,792

10,842

15,297

$ 

516,271 

$ 

418,931

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 9.  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

The following table sets forth the Company’s cash and cash equivalents as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Cash 
Cash equivalents 

Total 

NOTE 10.  LOANS RECEIVABLES  

The following table details the long-term loan receivable as at:   

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current 
Loan receivable 

Non-current  
Notes receivable(a) 
Loan receivable 

Total  

December 31 
 2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

$ 

78,843 

$ 

252,181

552 

32,800

79,395 

$ 

284,981

December 31 
 2013 

December 31,
2012

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,780 

1,780 

4,014 

3,448 

7,462 

9,242 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

1,565

1,565

3,745

17,158

20,903

22,468

(a)   Long-term notes receivable relate to an amount advanced by the Company to an external party to support the construction of port facilities at a Bredero Shaw plant location in Kabil, Indonesia. 
Interest is payable semi-annually at US prime plus 0.25%, with principal repayments to be made in four semi-annual instalments beginning no later than March 31, 2018, as set out in the loan 
agreement terms. As at December 31, 2013, the amount of the note receivable was U.S.$3,752 (December 31, 2012 – U.S.$3,752).

NOTE 11.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

The following table sets forth the Company’s trade and other receivables as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Trade accounts receivables 
Allowance for doubtful accounts (Note 25) 
Unbilled revenue and other receivables 

The following table sets forth the aging of the Company’s trade accounts receivable as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current 

Past due 1 to 30 days 

Past due 31 to 60 days 

Past due 61 to 90 days 

Past due for more than 90 days 

Total trade accounts receivable 

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts 

Trade accounts receivable – net 

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

244,600 

$ 

272,864

(6,720) 

126,104 

(9,409)

113,333 

$ 

363,984 

$ 

376,788 

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

122,445 

$ 

111,715

54,456 

25,952 

16,518 

25,229 

244,600 

(6,720) 

86,337

37,004

14,604

23,204

272,864

(9,409)

$ 

237,880 

$ 

263,455

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

73

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 12. 

INVENTORIES 

The following table sets forth the Company’s inventories as at: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Raw materials and supplies 
Work-in-progress 
Finished goods 
Inventory obsolescence 

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

134,216 

$ 

132,225

13,019 

51,498 

17,119

51,064

 (17,857) 

 (12,061)

$ 

180,876 

$ 

188,347 

During 2013, the Company recorded an increase of $5.8 million (December 31, 2012 – $5.7 million) in the provision for inventory obsolescence, due 
to the build-up of certain excess raw materials. 

NOTE 13.  PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The following table sets forth the Company’s property, plant and equipment as at the periods indicated:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Cost
Balance – January 1, 2012 
Exchange diff erences 
Additions 
Acquisitions 
Assets held for sale 
Decommissioning liabilities and others 
Disposals 

Balance – December 31, 2012 

Exchange diff erences 
Additions 
Acquisitions 
Assets held for sale 
Decommissioning liabilities and others 
Disposals 

Balance – December 31, 2013 

Land and 
Land 
Improvements 

Machinery 
and 
Equipment 

Capital 
Projects-in-
Progress 

Buildings 

Total

$ 

39,710 

$ 

136,067 

$ 

570,861 

$ 

19,336 

$ 

765,974

(3,495) 

4,959 

7,441 

(73) 

11,767 

(131) 

(985) 

3,015 

29,462 

(976) 

1,868 

(4,071) 

(3,448) 

50,715 

22,507 

(23,063) 

(10,336) 

(25,434) 

(2,486) 

15,739 

3,419 

– 

– 

(1,027) 

(10,414)

74,428

62,829

(24,112)

3,299

(30,663)

$ 

60,178 

$ 

164,380 

$ 

581,802 

$ 

34,981 

$ 

841,341

991 

2,055 

1,325 

– 

(1,344) 

(338) 

15,286 

28,069 

7,316 

96 

(18) 

21,637 

57,876 

16,238 

– 

(21) 

665 

 (11,271) 

63 

– 

– 

(2,286) 

(16,281) 

(447) 

38,579

76,729

24,942

96

(1,383)

(19,352)

$ 

62,867 

$ 

212,843 

$ 

661,251 

$ 

23,991 

$ 

960,952

74 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accumulated Amortization 
Balance – January 1, 2012 
Exchange diff erences 
Amortization expense 
Assets held for sale 
Decommissioning liabilities and others 
Eliminated on disposal 

Balance – December 31, 2012 

Exchange diff erences 
Amortization expense 
Decommissioning liabilities and others 
Eliminated on disposal 

Balance – December 31, 2013 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accumulated Impairment 
Balance – January 1, 2012 
Exchange diff erences 
Impairment 
Eliminated on disposal 

Balance – December 31, 2012 

Exchange diff erences 
Eliminated on disposal 

Balance – December 31, 2013 

Net book value 
As at December 31, 2012 

As at December 31, 2013 

Land and 
Land 
Improvements 

Machinery 
and 
Equipment 

Capital 
Projects-in-
Progress 

Buildings 

$ 

(12,569) 

$ 

(76,690) 

$ 

(345,239) 

$ 

(924) 

(2,655) 
17  

(797) 

– 

(2,787) 

(3,036) 
976 

(38) 

1,658 

4,635 

(38,115) 
18,616 

(344) 

18,991 

$ 

(16,928) 

$ 

(79,917) 

$ 

(341,456) 

$ 

(243) 

(364) 

150 

71 

(6,024) 

(6,286) 

(110) 

1,597 

(19,625) 

(58,664) 

(296) 

11,223 

$ 

(17,314) 

$ 

(90,740) 

$ 

(408,818) 

$ 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

Total

$ 

(434,498)

924

(43,806)
19,609

(1,179)

20,649

$ 

(438,301)

(25,892)

(65,314)

(256)

12,891

$ 

(516,872)

Land and 
Land 
Improvements 

Machinery 
and 
Equipment 

Capital 
Projects-in-
Progress 

Buildings 

Total

$ 

(2,486) 

$ 

(6,898) 

$ 

(23,371) 

$ 

– 

$ 

(32,755)

(10) 

– 

– 

(64) 

(234) 

– 

(1,075) 

(4,452) 

7,134 

$ 

(2,496) 

$ 

(7,196) 

$ 

(21,764) 

$ 

1 

– 

44 

638 

(347) 

327 

(2,495) 

$ 

(6,514) 

$ 

(21,784) 

$ 

(1,149)

(4,686)

7,134

$ 

(31,456)

(302)

965

$ 

(30,793)

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

$ 

$ 

40,754 

43,058 

$ 

$ 

77,267 

115,589 

$ 

$ 

218,582 

230,649 

$ 

$ 

34,981 

23,991 

$ 

$ 

371,584

413,287

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

75

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 14. 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table sets forth the Company’s intangible assets as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Cost 
Balance – January 1, 2012 
Exchange diff erences 
Additions 
Acquisition of a subsidiary 

Balance – December 31, 2012 

Exchange diff erences 
Additions 
Acquisition of a subsidiary 

Balance – December 31, 2013 

Accumulated Amortization 
Balance – January 1, 2012 
Foreign exchange 
Amortization 

Balance – December 31, 2012 

Exchange diff erences  
Amortization 

Balance – December 31, 2013 

Net Book Value 
As at January 1, 2012 

As at December 31, 2012 

As at December 31, 2013 

Intellectual 
Property, 
with Limited 

Intangible 
Assets, with 
Limited 

Intangible
Assets, with
Indefi nite

Life(a) 

Life(b) 

Life(c) 

Total

$ 

64,463 

$ 

37,942 

$ 

2,275 

$ 

104,680

(441) 

62 

14,621 

(2,948) 

– 

7,277 

7 

– 

3,382 

(3,382)

62

25,280

$ 

78,705 

$ 

42,271 

$ 

5,664 

$ 

126,640

680 

96 

– 

1,099 

616 

36,608 

248 

– 

– 

2,027

712

36,608

79,481 

$ 

80,594 

$ 

5,912 

$ 

165,987

(13,828) 

$ 

(4,490) 

$ 

124 

(4,565) 

326 

(2,752) 

$ 

(18,269) 

$ 

(6,916) 

$ 

62 

(5,325) 

(336) 

(4,987) 

$ 

(23,532) 

$ 

(12,239) 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

$ 

(18,318)

450

(7,317)

$ 

(25,185)

(274)

(10,312)

$ 

(35,771)

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

50,635 

60,436 

55,949 

$ 

$ 

$ 

33,452 

35,355 

68,355 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2,275 

5,664 

5,912 

$ 

$ 

$ 

86,362

101,455

130,216

(a)   Intellectual property, with limited life, represents the cost of certain technology and know-how and patents obtained in acquisitions. The Company amortizes the cost of intellectual property 

over its estimated useful life of up to 15 years. 

(b)  Intangible assets, with limited life, represents trademarks, customer relationships and non-competition agreements acquired directly or in conjunction with a past business combination. 
The Company amortizes the cost of intangible assets with limited life over its respective estimated useful lives of up to 15 years. The net book value of customer relationships as at 
December 31, 2013 is $67.6 million (December 31, 2012 – $34.4 million), and is included in intangible assets with limited life in the table above. 

(c)   Intangible assets, with indefi nite life, represent the value of brands obtained in the Flexpipe and the Socotherm acquisitions. As the cost of intangible assets with indefi nite life is not amortized, 

the Company assesses these intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis or when there is an indicator of impairment. 

NOTE 15. 

IMPAIRMENT OF PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

The Company operates several project specifi c plants in the Pipeline and Pipe Services segment, whose continuing operation is dependent on the 
expected project backlog. Qualitative factors such as line reductions, reduced levels of drilling activity, project outlook in certain regions and low 
capacity utilization coupled with the lingering impact of the fi nancial crisis of 2008 had an impact on some CGUs of the Company, which were 
dependent on a few major projects that were coming close to completion. As a result, the Company assessed the carrying amount of property, 
plant and equipment for recoverability at four of its CGUs in the Bredero Shaw division in 2013. These four CGUs were in Portland, U.S.A.; 
Camrose, Canada; Leith, U.K.; and Ras Al-Khaimah, U.A.E. The recoverable amount for each of these four CGUs was found to be higher than the 
carrying amount.

The project outlook for the Kembla Grange, Australia plant for 2012 and beyond was not encouraging and the Company had decided to close the 
facility by the third quarter of 2012. During 2012, the closure of the Kembla Grange, Australia facility resulted in an impairment loss of $4.7 million to 
dismantle, sell and scrap equipment and buildings in order to make the land ready for sale. During 2013, the Company recorded a gain on the sale of 
land in Kembla Grange in the amount of $5.2 million and there were no additional impairment charges. 

76 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table sets forth the Company’s impairment charges for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Buildings 
Plant, machinery and equipment 

Impairment charge 

NOTE 16.  OTHER ASSETS

The following table details the other assets as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Long-term prepaid expenses 
Deposit guarantee 
Long-term investment 
Defi ned Pension Plans employee future benefi t asset (Note 24) 

NOTE 17.  GOODWILL

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are shown below:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of year 
Acquisition 
Foreign exchange 

Balance – End of year 

2013 

– 
– 

– 

$ 

$ 

2012

234

4,452

4,686

$ 

$ 

December 31 
 2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

8,615 
81 
1,104 
8,030 

$ 

 9,089

212

1,348

530

$ 

17,830 

$ 

11,179

December 31 
 2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

256,296 
31,267 
11,256 

$ 

220,334

39,531

(3,569)

$ 

298,819 

$ 

256,296

In 2013, goodwill acquired during the year was a result of the acquisition of the 49% of Socotherm Gulf of Mexico that was not already owned by a 
subsidiary of the Company. In 2012, goodwill acquired during the year was a result of the acquisitions of Fineglade and Magnum Tubular Inspection, LLC, 
which is a part of the Guardian division. 

The following table summarizes the signifi cant carrying amounts of goodwill:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bredero Shaw (excluding BSRTL as defi ned below) 
Thermotite Brasil Ltda & BS Servicios de Injecao (collectively, “BSRTL”) 
Flexpipe Systems 
DSG-Canusa GmbH 
Guardian 
Socotherm S.p.A. (Italy) 
Socotherm Americas (Argentina)   
Socotherm Gulf of Mexico, LLC 

December 31 
 2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

174,286 

$ 

164,281

12,331 

49,730 

17,388 

305 

8,762 

4,685 

31,332 

13,184

49,730

15,558

1,011

8,166

4,366

–

$ 

298,819 

$ 

256,296

a)   Impairment Testing for Each Cash Generating Unit Containing Goodwill
The Company performs a goodwill impairment test for each specifi ed group of CGUs (“GCGU”) that contains goodwill at the Company’s annual 
goodwill impairment testing date of October 31 (“Annual Goodwill Valuation Date”). At the Annual Goodwill Valuation Dates of October 31, 2013 and 
October 31, 2012, the Company concluded there was no impairment of goodwill in any of its GCGUs, as the recoverable amount for these GCGUs 
was higher than their respective carrying amounts.

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

77

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

b)   Recoverable Amount
The Company determines the recoverable amount for its GCGUs as the higher of Value in Use (“VIU”) and the Fair Value Less Cost to Sell (“FVLCS”). 
For the goodwill impairment test, the FVLCS of each of the GCGUs was higher than its VIU. FVLCS calculations use post-tax cash fl ow projections 
based on three-year fi nancial Business Plans approved by the Company’s Board of Directors, which are then projected out for a further period of two 
years based on management’s best estimates. Cash fl ows beyond the fi ve-year period are extrapolated using estimated growth rates as applicable. 
The FVLCS is calculated net of selling costs that are estimated at 2%.

The FVLCS is determined by discounting the future free cash fl ows generated from the Company’s continuing use of the respective GCGUs. 
The discount rates used are post-tax and refl ect specifi c risks relating to the GCGUs. The discounted cash fl ow model employed by the Company 
refl ects the specifi c risks of each GCGU and their business environment. The model calculates the FVLCS as the present value of the projected free 
cash fl ows and the Terminal Value of each GCGU.

The calculation of FVLCS for each GCGU is most sensitive to the following key assumptions:

•  Projected Cash Flows

•  Market Assumptions

•  Discount Rate

•  Growth Rate and Terminal Value

Projected Cash Flows
The Projected Cash Flow for each GCGU is derived from the most recently completed Business Plan, which is projected out for a future time period 
of two years based on management’s best estimates. Projected Cash Flow is estimated by adjusting forecasted annual net income (for the forecast 
period) for non-cash items (such as amortization, accretion, and foreign exchange), investments in working capital and investments in capital assets. 
Estimating future earnings requires judgment, consideration of past and actual performance, as well as expected developments in the GCGU’s 
respective markets and in the overall macroeconomic environment.

Market Assumptions
The forecasted revenue for a GCGU in the Business Plan is based on that GCGU securing an estimated number of projects. A change in the number 
of estimated projects to be secured by a GCGU can have a material impact on the projected future cash fl ows for that particular GCGU. The gross 
margin for each GCGU in the Business Plan is also dependent on assumptions made about the price of raw materials in the future; a change in the 
assumptions of these key inputs can have a material impact on the projected future cash fl ows for a particular GCGU.

Discount Rate
Discount rates represent the current market assessment of the risks specifi c to each GCGU, regarding the time value of money and the individual 
risks of the underlying assets, which have not been incorporated in the cash fl ow estimates. The discount rate calculation is based on the specifi c 
circumstances of the Company and its GCGUs and is derived from the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”) for the consolidated Company. 
The WACC takes into account both debt and equity. The cost of equity is derived from the expected return on investment by the Company’s investors. 
The cost of debt is based on the interest bearing borrowings the Company is obliged to service. GCGU specifi c risk is incorporated by applying 
individual specifi c risk factors; these specifi c risk factors are evaluated annually.

The following are the discount rates used in the calculation of the impairment tests:

Bredero Shaw (excluding BSRTL) 
BSRTL 
Flexpipe Systems 
DSG-Canusa GmbH 
Socotherm S.p.A. (Italy) 
Socotherm Americas (Argentina)   
Socotherm Gulf of Mexico, LLC 

October 31 
2013 

October 31
2012

10% 

14% 

11% 

12% 

14% 

18% 

12% 

11%

14%

12%

12%

n/a

n/a

n/a

Terminal Value Growth Rate
The Terminal Value Growth Rate is used to calculate the Terminal Value of the GCGUs at the end of the Projected Free Cash Flow period of fi ve 
years. A Terminal Value Growth Rate of 3.0% was used (for all goodwill impairment tests) refl ecting a conservative expectation of long-term growth 
in energy infrastructure investment; this fi gure also refl ects the Company’s best estimate of the set of economic conditions that are expected to exist 
over the forecast period.

78 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sensitivity to Changes in Assumptions
With regard to the assessment of FVLCS of the all of the Company’s GCGUs, except for Socotherm Gulf of Mexico, management believes that 
no reasonably possible change in any of the above key assumptions would cause the carrying value of the unit to materially exceed its recoverable 
amount, as estimated by the GCGU’s FVLCS. A two percent increase in the discount rate would cause the carrying value of the Socotherm Gulf 
of Mexico GCGU to materially exceed its recoverable amount, as estimated by that GCGU’s FVLCS. 

NOTE 18.  ASSETS CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE

In October 2012, the Company entered into negotiations with its joint venture partners in Arabian Pipecoating Company Ltd. (“APCO”), located in 
the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia, for the sale of its 30% investment. As at December 31, 2013, the Company’s investment in the joint venture has been 
classifi ed as assets held for sale and liabilities held for sale, respectively.

In the fourth quarter of 2013, the Company entered into an agreement to sell its interest in Socotherm Brasil to its joint venture partner. As a result, 
its investment in joint venture has been classifi ed as held for sale as at December 31, 2013. 

The following table shows the major classes of assets and liabilities classifi ed as held for sale as at December 31, 2013:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Assets 
Cash 
Accounts receivables 
Prepaids 
Inventory 
Income taxes receivable 
Property, plant and equipment (net of accumulated amortization) 
Intangible assets 
Investments in joint ventures 
Deferred income tax assets 
Goodwill 

Assets classifi ed as held for sale 

Liabilities 
Accounts payable 
Accrued liabilities 
Income tax payable 
Provisions – Non-current 
Deferred income tax liabilities 

Liabilities directly associated with assets classifi ed as held for sale 

Net assets directly associated with disposal groups 

NOTE 19.  ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED LIABILITIES

The following table sets forth the Company’s trade and other payables as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Trade payables 
Accrued liabilities 

2013 

2012

$ 

$ 

8,036 

9,031 

1,040 

3,177 

40 

1,968 

16,530 

9,428 

12 

6,924 

5,984

10,747

976

3,161

31

6,202

–

–

40

–

$ 

56,186 

$ 

27,141

(5,061) 

– 

(5,712) 

(1,129) 

(4,715) 

(5,694)

(3,430)

(2,793)

–

–

$ 

$ 

(16,617) 

39,569 

$ 

$ 

(11,917)

15,224

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

91,215 
139,759 

$ 

82,580

123,471

$ 

230,974 

$ 

206,051 

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

79

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 20.  PROVISIONS

The following table sets forth the Company’s provisions as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – January 1, 2012 
Provision adjustments 
Acquisition 
Settlement of liabilities 
Accretion expense 
Foreign exchange diff erences 
Gain on settlement 
Other 

Balance – December 31, 2012 
Provision adjustments 
Acquisition 
Settlement of liabilities 
Accretion expense 
Foreign exchange diff erences 
Loss on settlement 

Balance – December 31, 2013 

January 1, 2012 
Current  
Non-current 

December 31, 2012 
Current 
Non-current 

December 31, 2013 
Current 
Non-current 

  Decommissioning 
Liabilities 

Deferred 
Purchase 
Consideration 

Incentive -based
Compensation 
(Note 29) 

Other
Provisions 

$ 

23,381 

$ 

15,527 

$ 

5,568 

$ 

12,382 

$ 

2,861 

– 

(1,580) 

256 

(52) 

(3,246) 

(206) 

– 

3,426 

– 

867 

(446) 

– 

– 

$ 

21,414 

$ 

19,374 

$ 

12,170 

– 

(10) 

– 

(23) 

– 

–  

$ 

17,705 

17,789 

– 

(1,694) 

21,468 

(1,168) 

– 

266 

– 

(359) 

30,895 

11,913 

– 

$ 

Total

56,858

13,337

24,894

(2,758)

1,123

(255)

(3,246)

(565)

89,388

28,301

245

(1,401) 

245 

(817) 

357 

787 

66 

20,651 

6,001 

17,380 

23,381 

3,155 

18,259 

21,414 

3,412 

17,239 

20,651 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

697 

1,547 

– 

21,618 

– 

15,527 

15,527 

19,374 

– 

19,374 

21,618 

– 

21,618 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

(2,189) 

(11,607) 

(14,613)

– 

631 

– 

33,936 

3,763 

1,805 

5,568 

12,605 

5,100 

17,705 

12,173 

21,763 

33,936 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 

1,765 

– 

1,054

4,730

66

32,966 

$ 

109,171

6,571 

5,811 

12,382 

13,673 

17,222 

30,895 

12,559 

20,407 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

16,335

40,523

56,858

48,807

40,581

89,388

49,762

59,409

32,966 

$ 

109,171

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Decommissioning Liabilities
The total undiscounted cash fl ows estimated to settle all decommissioning liabilities is $31.8 million as at December 31, 2013; the current pre-tax 
risk-free rates at which the estimated cash fl ows have been discounted range between 0.13% and 17.8%. Settlement for all decommissioning liabilities 
is expected to be funded by future cash fl ows from the Company’s operations. 

80 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 21.  CREDIT FACILITIES

Credit Facilities
The following table sets forth the Company’s total credit facilities as at December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bank indebtedness 
Standard letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds (Note 27) 

Total utilized credit facilities 
Total available credit facilities(a) 

Unutilized credit facilities 

(a)  The Company guarantees the bank credit facilities of its subsidiaries.

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

5,290 
106,206 

111,496 
320,910 

$ 

5,751

81,178

86,929

251,688

$ 

209,414 

$ 

164,759

On March 20, 2013, the Company renewed its Unsecured Committed Bank Credit Facility for a period of fi ve years, with terms and conditions similar 
to the prior agreement, except that the maximum borrowing limit was raised by US$100 million from US$150 million to US$250 million, with an 
option to increase the credit limit to US$400 million with the consent of lenders. The Company pays a fl oating interest rate on this credit facility that 
is a function of the Company’s total debt to Earnings Before Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) ratio. 

Allowable credit utilization outside of this facility has been reduced from US$100 million to US$50 million.

Debt Covenants
The Company has undertaken to maintain certain covenants in respect of its Unsecured Committed Bank Credit Facility. Specifi cally, the Company is 
required to maintain an Interest Coverage Ratio (EBITDA plus rental payments divided by interest expense plus rental payments) of more than 2.5 to 1 
and a debt to total EBITDA ratio of less than 3.00 to 1. The Company is in compliance with these covenants as at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

NOTE 22.  LONG-TERM DEBT

On March 20, 2013, the Company issued Senior Notes for total gross proceeds of US$350 million (CDN$358.3 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign 
exchange rate) to institutional investors as follows:

(i) 

(ii) 

 US$100 million (CDN$102.4 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign exchange rate) aggregate principal amount of 2.98% Senior Notes, Series A, 
due March 31, 2020 (the “Series A Notes”);

 US$100 million (CDN$102.4 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign exchange rate) aggregate principal amount of 3.67% Senior Notes, Series B, 
due March 31, 2023 (the “Series B Notes”);

(iii) 

 US$100 million (CDN$102.4 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign exchange rate) aggregate principal amount of 3.82% Senior Notes, Series C, 
due March 31, 2025 (the “Series C Notes”);

(iv) 

 US$50 million (CDN$51.2 million at the March 20, 2013 foreign exchange rate) aggregate principal amount of 4.07% Senior Notes, Series D, due 
March 31, 2028 (the “Series D Notes”; and together with the Series A Notes, the Series B Notes, the Series C Notes, collectively, the “Notes”).

The total long-term debt balance as at December 31, 2013 is $374.4 million (US$350.0 million). The long-term debt has been designated as a hedge 
of the Company’s net investment in a U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiary as described in Note 25. 

The Company has undertaken to maintain certain covenants in respect of the long-term debt that are consistent with the debt covenants described 
in Note 21 for the Company’s Unsecured Committed Bank Credit Facility.

NOTE 23.  DEFERRED REVENUE

During the year ended December 31, 2012, certain customers provided advance payments on long-term contracts, taking the total value of deferred 
revenue to $441.5 million as at December 31, 2012. During 2013, the amount of deferred revenue was drawn down to $84.4 million, all of which was 
included in current liabilities. 

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

81

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 24.  EMPLOYEE FUTURE BENEFITS

The Company provides future benefi ts to its employees under a number of defi ned benefi t and defi ned contribution arrangements. The defi ned 
benefi t pension plans are in Canada, the U.K. and Norway and include both fl at-dollar plans for hourly employees and fi nal earnings plans for salaried 
employees. The Company also provides a post-employment life insurance benefi t to its Canadian retirees and a post-employment benefi t to its hourly 
and salaried employees in Indonesia.

The Company’s funding policy for the Canadian registered pension plans is to fund in accordance with the requirements of applicable pension 
legislation. The determination of the required funding is made on the basis of periodic actuarial valuations as required under applicable pension 
legislation. The Company is responsible for the governance of the pension plans, including overseeing investment decisions. The Company has also 
appointed experienced independent professional experts such as investment managers, actuaries and consultants to assist in the management of 
the pension plans.

By their nature, defi ned benefi t pension plans carry many types of fi nancial risk. The main fi nancial risks faced by the Company’s pension plans 
can be summarized as follows: 

• 

• 

• 

 Longevity risk: the risk that retirees will, on average, collect a pension for a longer period of time than expected based on the mortality assumption. 

 Investment risk: the risk that the invested assets of the plan will not yield the assumed rate of return, resulting in insuffi  cient assets to provide for 
the benefi ts promised and/or requiring the Company to make additional contributions to fund the defi cit. 

 Interest rate risk: the risk from changing market interest rates. A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase plan liabilities. This risk is greater 
to the extent that there is a mismatch between the characteristics of the assets and liabilities. 

•  Regulatory/legal risk: the risk of regulatory/jurisprudence changes that can alter the benefi t promise. 

The total cash payments made by the Company to fund the defi ned benefi t pension plans, the post-retirement insurance plans and the post-
employment benefi t plan during 2013 were $5.7 million (2012 – $6.1 million). The total cash payments made by the Company to fund the defi ned 
contribution pension arrangements during 2013 were $6.7 million (2012 – $6 million). 

The Company measures the fair value of assets and the defi ned benefi t obligation as at December 31. Actuarial valuations for the Company’s 
registered defi ned benefi t pension plans and the SERP arrangement are generally required at least every three years. The most recent actuarial 
valuations of the plans were conducted as at August 1, 2010 (one plan), December 31, 2012 (four plans), January 1, 2013 (two plans) and August 2, 
2013 (one plan).

The employee future benefi t amounts recognized in the consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Accrued employee future benefi t asset 
Pension plans (Note 16) 

Accrued employee future benefi t liability 
Pension plans 
Post-employment benefi ts 
Post-retirement life insurance 

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

8,030 

$ 

8,030 

(23,648) 

(1,930) 

(100) 

(25,678) 

530

530

(26,844)

(2,614)

(349)

(29,807)

Net accrued employee future benefi t liability  

$ 

(17,648) 

$ 

(29,277)

The following was the composition of plan assets at the balance sheet dates, for the Canadian registered defi ned benefi t pension plans:

Investments quoted in active markets: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity instruments 
Debt instruments 

82 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

4% 
66% 
30% 

100% 

5%

62%

33%

100%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following was the composition of invested plan assets at the balance sheet dates, for the SERP plan(a):

Investments quoted in active markets: 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Equity instruments 

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

– 
100% 

100% 

1%

99%

100%

(a)  The amounts in the above table include amounts sitting in the refundable tax account held by the CRA.

Actual Return on Plan Assets
The actual return on plan assets for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 amounted to $15.1 million and $7.7 million, respectively.

Employee Future Benefi t Cost
The employee future benefi t cost recognized in the consolidated statements of income is as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current service costs 
Past service costs and impact of settlements, curtailments and termination benefi ts 
Interest cost on defi ned benefi t obligation 
Interest income on plan assets 

Impact of asset ceiling/minimum funding requirement 

Defi ned benefi t cost recognized 
Defi ned contribution cost recognized 

Employee future benefi t cost recognized(a) 

(a)  The total amount is included in the consolidated statement of income as selling, general and administrative expenses. 

The employee future benefi t (income) cost recognized in other comprehensive income is as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Valuation eff ect 
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in interest income) 
Net actuarial losses (gains) recognized in the year 
Other changes in asset ceiling/minimum funding requirement not included in net interest  
Foreign currency exchange rate changes 

Employee future benefi t cost (income) recognized in OCI 

Changes in the defi ned benefi t obligation are as follows: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of year 
Valuation eff ect 
Employer current service cost 
Net interest cost 
Past service costs and impact of settlements, curtailments and termination benefi ts 
Benefi t payments 
Actuarial losses due to changes in demographic assumptions 
Actuarial (gains) losses due to changes in economic assumptions 
Experience (gains) losses 
Foreign exchange diff erences 

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

$ 

4,274 

4,833 

4,755 

(3,630) 

10,232 

104 

10,336 

6,746 

3,723

23

4,515

(3,615)

4,646

153

4,799

6,043

$ 

17,082 

$ 

10,842

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

(202) 

$ 

(11,443) 

(9,311) 

4,938 

(293) 

525

(4,131)

9,799

(877)

(70)

$ 

(16,311) 

$ 

5,246

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

116,178 

$ 

100,591

– 

4,274 

4,755 

4,833 

(4,392) 

3,950 

(11,436) 

(1,825) 

232 

154

3,723

4,515

23

(2,836)

1,610

7,963

226

209

Balance – End of year 

$ 

116,569 

$ 

116,178

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

83

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Changes in the fair value of the plan assets are as follows: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of year 
Valuation eff ect 
Employer contributions 
Employee contributions 
Settlements 
Benefi ts payments 
Interest income on plan assets 
Return on plan assets (excluding amounts included in interest income) 
Foreign exchange diff erences 

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

89,262 

$ 

78,277

202 

5,654 
– 

– 

(4,392) 

3,630 

11,443 

845 

(371)

6,114
–

–

(2,836)

3,615

4,131

332

Balance – End of year 

$ 

106,644 

$ 

89,262

Amounts for the current and previous period are as follows: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Defi ned benefi t obligation 
Fair value of plan assets 

Net liability before impact of asset ceiling/minimum funding requirement 

Impact of asset ceiling/minimum funding requirement 

Net Employee Future Benefi t Liability  

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

116,569 

$ 

116,178

106,644 

9,925 

7,723 

89,262

26,916

2,361

$ 

17,648 

$ 

29,277

84 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The principal assumptions made by the actuaries for the actuarial valuation of the plans were: 

Canada 
  Defi ned benefi t obligation 
  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 
  Future pension increase 
  Mortality(a) 
  Benefi t cost for year ended December 31 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

Norway 
  Defi ned benefi t obligation 
  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 
  Future pension increase 
  Mortality 
  Benefi t cost for year ended December 31 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

United Kingdom 
  Defi ned benefi t obligation 
  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 
  Future pension increase 
  Mortality  
  Benefi t cost for year ended December 31 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

Indonesia 
  Defi ned benefi t obligation 
  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

  Future pension increase 
  Mortality 
  Benefi t cost for year ended December 31 

  Discount rate 
  Future salary increase 

2013 

4.70% 

4.00% 
n/a 

2012

4.00%

4.00%
n/a

UP94 Generational  

UP94 Generational

4.00% 

4.00% 

4.10% 

3.75% 

0.90% 

K2013 

3.90% 

3.50% 

4.70% 

n/a 

2.70% 

4.60%

4.00%

3.90%

3.50%

0.50%

K2005

2.60%

3.50%

4.40%

n/a

2.60%

S1PA (projected) 

S1PA (projected)

4.40% 

n/a 

5.00%

n/a

8.80% 

10.00% (local),  

6.00% (expat) 

n/a 

CSO80 

6.00% 

10.00% (local),  

6.00% (expat) 

6.00%

10.00% (local), 
6.00% (expat)
n/a

CSO80

6.70%

10.00% (local), 

10.00% (expat)

(a)   In light of preliminary results of a Canadian pension mortality experience study conducted by the Canadian Institute of Actuaries in 2013 indicating improved pensioner mortality not refl ected 

in the above table, the defi ned benefi t obligation as at December 31, 2013 for the Canadian pension plans has been increased by 3.5%. 

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

85

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Sensitivity Analysis
A quantitative sensitivity analysis for signifi cant assumptions as at December 31, 2013 is as shown below:

Signifi cant Assumptions 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Discount rate 
  Decrease of 50bp 
Increase of 50bp 
Future salary increase 
  Decrease of 50bp 
Increase of 50bp 

Mortality assumption – Impact of life expectancy being 1 year longer 

Impact of Sensitivity Analysis on 
Defi ned Benefi t Obligation

 Change 

% Change

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 

9,070 

(8,066) 

(2,485) 

2,751 

2,158 

7.8%

(6.9%)

(2.1%)

2.4%

1.9%

The sensitivity analysis noted above has been determined based on a method that extrapolates the impact on defi ned benefi t obligation as a result of 
reasonable changes in key assumptions occurring as at December 31, 2013. 

Other Information
The Company expects to contribute $6.5 million to its defi ned benefi t plans for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The average duration of the defi ned benefi t obligation plans as at December 31, 2013 is 15 years.

NOTE 25.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company has classifi ed its fi nancial instruments as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Loans and receivables, measured at amortized cost 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable 
Accounts receivable 
Fair value through profi t or loss, measured at fair value 
Derivative fi nancial instruments – asset 
Derivative fi nancial instruments – liability 
Other fi nancial liabilities, measured at amortized cost 
Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable  
Accounts payable  
Deferred purchase consideration   
Long-term debt 

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

79,395 

$ 

284,981

6,618 

9,242 

363,984 

624 

1,632 

5,290 

126 

91,215 

21,618 

77,950

22,468

376,788 

3,988

1,275

5,751

2,664

82,580

19,374

$ 

374,381 

$ 

– 

Fair Value
IFRS 13, Fair Value Measurement, provides a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are 
observable or unobservable. Observable inputs are those which refl ect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs 
refl ects the Company’s assumptions with respect to how market participants would price an asset or liability. These two inputs used to measure fair 
value fall into the following three diff erent levels of the fair value hierarchy:

Level 1   Quoted prices in active markets for identical instruments that are observable.

Level 2  

 Quoted prices in active markets for similar instruments; inputs other than quoted prices that are observable and derived from or 
corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3  

 Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which one or more signifi cant inputs are unobservable.

The hierarchy requires the use of observable market data when available.

86 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following table presents the fair value hierarchy levels for the fi nancial assets and liabilities as at December 31, 2013:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Short-term investments 
Loans receivable 
Trade accounts receivable 
Other receivables 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 

Liabilities 
Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable 
Accounts payable 
Deferred purchase consideration   
Long-term debt 
Derivative fi nancial instruments 

Fair Value  

Level 1 

Level 2 

Level 3

$ 

79,395 

$ 

79,395 

$ 

6,618 

9,242 
237,880 

126,104 

624 

$ 

459,863 

$ 

5,290 

126 

91,215 

21,618 

374,381 

1,632 

6,618 

– 
– 

– 

– 

$ 

– 

– 

9,242 
237,880 

126,104 

624 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

86,013 

$ 

373,850 

5,290 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

– 

126 

91,215 

21,618 

374,381 

1,632 

$ 

494,262 

$ 

5,290 

$ 

488,972 

$ 

–

–

–
–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

–

The derivative fi nancial instruments relate to foreign exchange forward contracts entered into by the Company (as described below) and are valued by 
comparing the rates at the time the derivatives are acquired to the period-end rates quoted in the market. The fair values of the Company’s remaining 
fi nancial instruments are not materially diff erent from their carrying values.

Foreign Exchange Forward Contracts and Other Hedging Arrangements
The Company utilizes fi nancial instruments to manage the risk associated with foreign exchange rates. The Company formally documents all relationships 
between hedging instruments and the hedge items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions. 

The following table sets out the notional amounts outstanding under foreign exchange contracts, the average contractual exchange rates and the 
settlement of these contracts as at December 31, 2013:

(in thousands, except weighted average rate amounts)  

Canadian dollars sold for U.S. dollars 
Less than one year 
Weighted average rate 

U.S. dollars sold for Canadian dollars 
Less than one year 
Weighted average rate 

U.S. dollars sold for Malaysian Ringgits 
Less than one year 
Weighted average rate 

Euros sold for U.S. dollars 
Less than one year 
Weighted average rate 

Norwegian Krones sold for U.S. dollars 
Less than one year 
Weighted average rate 

 CAD$12,953
1.03

  US$12,000

1.04

  US$25,200

3.23

€30,589

1.35

 NOK 98,235

0.16

As at December 31, 2013, the Company had notional amounts of $115.2 million of forward contracts outstanding (2012 – $247.7 million) with the fair 
value of the Company’s net loss from all foreign exchange forward contracts totalling $1.0 million (2012 – $2.0 million net benefi t).

Financial Risk Management
The Company’s operations expose it to a variety of fi nancial risks including market risk (including foreign exchange and interest rate risk), credit 
risk and liquidity risk. The Company’s overall risk management program focuses on the unpredictability of fi nancial markets and seeks to minimize 
potential adverse eff ects on the Company’s fi nancial position and fi nancial performance. Risk management is the responsibility of Company 
management. Material risks are monitored and are regularly reported to the Board of Directors.

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

87

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Foreign Exchange Risk
The majority of the Company’s business is transacted outside of Canada through subsidiaries operating in several countries. The net investments in 
these subsidiaries as well as their revenue, operating expenses and non-operating expenses are based in foreign currencies. As a result, the Company’s 
consolidated revenue, expenses and fi nancial position may be impacted by fl uctuations in foreign exchange rates as these foreign currency items 
are translated into Canadian dollars. As at December 31, 2013, fl uctuations of +/– 5% in the Canadian dollar, relative to those foreign currencies, 
would impact the Company’s consolidated revenue, income from operations, and net income (attributable to shareholders of the Company) for the 
year then ended by approximately $75.0 million, $18.0 million and $15.1 million, respectively, prior to hedging activities. In addition, such fl uctuations 
would impact the Company’s consolidated total assets, consolidated total liabilities and consolidated total equity by $57.1 million, $38.8 million and 
$18.3 million, respectively.

The objective of the Company’s foreign exchange risk management activities is to minimize transaction exposures associated with the Company’s 
foreign currency-denominated cash streams and the resulting variability of the Company’s earnings. The Company utilizes foreign exchange forward 
contracts to manage this foreign exchange risk. The Company does not enter into foreign exchange contracts for speculative purposes. With the 
exception of the Company’s U.S. dollar-based operations, the Company does not hedge translation exposures.

Net Investment Hedge
The Senior Notes have been designated as a hedge of the net investment in one of the Company’s subsidiaries, which has the U.S. dollar as its 
functional currency. During the year ended December 31, 2013, a loss of $16.1 million on the translation of the Notes was transferred to other 
comprehensive income to off set the losses on translation of the net investment in the subsidiary. There was no ineff ectiveness of this hedge 
for the year ended December 31, 2013.

Interest Rate Risk
The following table summarizes the Company’s exposure to interest rate risk as at December 31, 2013:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Financial assets 
Cash equivalents 
Loans receivable 

Financial liabilities 
Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable 

Non-interest  
Bearing 

Floating 
Rate 

Fixed
Interest Rate 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 

1,075 

1,075 

– 

126 

126 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

– 

4,014 

4,014 

5,290 

– 

$ 

$ 

$ 

552 

4,153 

4,705 

– 

374,381 

$ 

$ 

$ 

5,290 

$ 

374,381 

$ 

379,797

Total

552

9,242

9,794

5,290

374,507

The Company’s interest rate risk arises primarily from its fl oating rate bank indebtedness and long-term notes receivable and is not currently 
considered to be material.

Credit Risk
Credit risk arises from cash and cash equivalents held with banks, forward foreign exchange contracts, as well as credit exposure of customers, 
including outstanding accounts receivable. The maximum credit risk is equal to the carrying value of the fi nancial instruments.

The objective of managing counter-party credit risk is to prevent losses in fi nancial assets. The Company is subject to considerable concentration 
of credit risk since the majority of its customers operate within the global energy industry and are therefore aff ected to a large extent by the same 
macroeconomic conditions and risks. The Company manages this credit risk by assessing the credit quality of all counter parties, taking into account 
their fi nancial position, past experience and other factors. Management also establishes and regularly reviews credit limits of counterparties and 
monitors utilization of those credit limits on an ongoing basis.

For the year ended December 31, 2013, there was one customer who generated approximately 22% of total consolidated revenue (December 31, 
2012, no customer generated revenue greater than 10% of total consolidated revenue). This revenue resulted primarily from a single contract 
for which a substantial upfront payment was received in 2012 and which was recorded as deferred revenue at that time. 

The carrying value of accounts receivable are reduced through the use of an allowance for doubtful accounts and the amount of the loss is recognized 
in the consolidated statements of income with a charge to selling, general and administrative expenses. When a receivable balance is considered to 
be uncollectible, it is written off  against the allowance for doubtful accounts. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off  are credited 
against selling, general and administrative expenses. As at December 31, 2013, $25.2 million, or 10.3% of trade accounts receivable, were more than 
90 days overdue, which is consistent with prior period aging analysis. The Company expects to receive full payment on accounts receivables that are 
neither past due nor impaired. 

88 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following is an analysis of the change in the allowance for doubtful accounts for the year ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Balance – Beginning of year 
Bad debt expense 
Recovery of previously written-off  bad debts 
Write-off s of bad debts 
Impact of change in foreign exchange rates 

Balance – End of year 

$ 

2013 

9,409 

3,016 

(7) 

 (5,031) 
(667) 

2012

$ 

13,967

7,997

(333)

(11,000)
(1,222)

$ 

6,720 

$ 

9,409

Liquidity Risk
The Company’s objective in managing liquidity risk is to maintain suffi  cient, readily available cash reserves in order to meet its liquidity requirements 
at any point in time. The Company achieves this by maintaining suffi  cient cash and cash equivalents and through the availability of funding from 
committed credit facilities. As at December 31, 2013, the Company had cash and cash equivalents totalling $79.4 million (2012 – $285.0 million) and 
had unutilized lines of credit available to use of $209.4 million (2012 – $164.8 million). 

The following are the contractual maturities of the Company’s purchase commitments and fi nancial liabilities as at December 31, 2013:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Purchase commitments 
Operating leases 
Bank indebtedness 
Accounts payable 
Decommissioning liabilities 
Deferred purchase consideration   
Obligations under fi nance lease 
Loans payable 
Long-term debt 
Finance costs on long-term debt 

Less than 
1 year 

1–3 
years 

3–5
years 

Thereafter 

$ 

– 

$ 

– 

$ 

– 

$ 

21,650 

10,180 

10,176 

$ 

43,614 

17,619 

5,290 

91,215 

3,412 

21,618 

938 

126 

– 

– 

– 

6,305 

– 

2,972 

– 

– 

– 

– 

967 

– 

2,972 

– 

– 

– 

– 

21,067 

– 

13,892 

– 

374,381 

68,232 

13,089 

26,178 

26,178 

Total

43,614

59,625

5,290

91,215

31,751

21,618

20,774

126

374,381

133,677

$ 

196,921 

$ 

57,105 

$ 

40,297 

$ 

487,748 

$ 

782,071

NOTE 26.  CAPITAL MANAGEMENT

The Company defi nes capital that it manages as the aggregate of its equity and interest-bearing liabilities. The Company’s objectives when managing 
capital are to ensure that the Company will continue to operate as a going concern and continue to provide products and services to its customers, 
preserve its ability to fi nance expansion opportunities as they arise, and provide returns to its shareholders.

The following table sets forth the Company’s total managed capital as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Bank indebtedness 
Loans payable 
Long-term debt 
Obligations under fi nance lease 
Equity 

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

5,290 
126 
374,381 
14,314 
658,581 

$ 

5,751

2,664

–

14,655

988,667

$  1,052,692 

$  1,011,737

The Company manages its capital structure and makes adjustments to it in light of changes in economic conditions, the risk characteristics of the 
underlying assets and business investment opportunities. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Company may attempt to issue or re-acquire 
shares, acquire or dispose of assets, or adjust the amount of cash, cash equivalents, bank indebtedness or long-term debt balances. The Company’s 
capital is not subject to any capital requirements imposed by any regulators; however, it is limited by the terms of its credit facility and long-term debt 
agreements. Specifi cally, the Company has undertaken to maintain certain covenants in respect of its Unsecured Committed Bank Credit Facility and 
Senior Notes. The Company is in compliance with these covenants as at December 31, 2013.

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

89

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 27.  LEASES, COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

a)  Operating Leases
The Company has entered into various commercial leases on certain motor vehicles, items of machinery and offi  ce and manufacturing sites. 
These leases have a life of one to sixteen years with no renewal options. 

The following table presents the future minimum rental payments payable under the operating leases as at December 31, 2013:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Within one year 
After one year but not more than fi ve years 
More than fi ve years 

December 31
2013

$ 

17,619

31,830

10,176

$ 

59,625

The lease expenditure charged to the consolidated statements of income during the year is $25 million (December 31, 2012 – $22.6 million).

b)  Finance Leases
The Company has fi nance leases and purchase commitments in place for various items of plant and machinery. These leases have terms of renewal 
but no purchase options. Renewals are at the option of the specifi c entity that holds the lease. The following table presents the future minimum lease 
payments under fi nance leases with the present value of the net minimum lease payments:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Within one year 
After one year but not more than fi ve years 
After more than fi ve years 

Total minimum lease payments 
Less: Amounts representing interest charges 

Present value of minimum lease payments 

 December 31, 2013

Minimum 
Payments 

$ 

938 

$ 

5,944 

13,892 

20,774 

(6,460) 

Present
Value of
Payments

487

3,175

10,652

14,314

–

$ 

14,314 

$ 

14,314

c)  Legal Claims
In the ordinary course of business activities, the Company may be contingently liable for litigation and claims with customers, suppliers and other 
third parties. Management believes that adequate provisions have been recorded in the accounts where required. Although it is not possible to 
estimate the extent of potential costs and losses, if any, management believes, but can provide no assurance, that the ultimate resolution of such 
contingencies would not have a material adverse eff ect on the consolidated fi nancial position of the Company.

d)  Performance, Bid and Surety Bonds
The Company provides standby letters of credit for performance, bid and surety bonds through fi nancial intermediaries to various customers in 
support of project contracts for the successful execution of these contracts. If the Company fails to perform under the terms of the contract, the 
customer has the ability to draw upon all or a portion of the bond as compensation for the Company’s failure to perform. The contracts that these 
performance bonds support generally have a term of one to three years, but could extend up to four years. Bid bonds typically have a term of less 
than one year and are renewed, if required, over the term of the applicable contract. Historically, the Company has not made and does not anticipate 
that it will be required to make material payments under these types of bonds.

The Company utilizes its credit facilities to support the Company’s bonds. The Company has utilized credit facilities of $111.5 million as at 
December 31, 2013 (December 31, 2012 – $86.9 million).

90 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 28.  SHARE CAPITAL

On March 20, 2013, the Company eliminated its dual class share structure pursuant to a shareholder and court approved Plan of Arrangement 
(the “Arrangement”) through the purchase of all of the Class A and Class B shares of the Company by a newly formed Canadian corporation. 
The Arrangement, a transaction with a related party, eliminated the Company’s dual-class share structure through:

•  The purchase of all of the issued and outstanding Class A shares in exchange for new common shares (“common shares”) on a 1:1 basis; and

• 

 The purchase of all of the issued and outstanding Class B shares in exchange for consideration of $43.43 in cash or 1.1 common shares per 
Class B share, such that 90% of the total consideration for the Class B Shares was paid in cash and 10% was paid in common shares. All Class A 
and B shares were removed from the authorized capital of the Company.

Upon closing, the new corporation and the Company amalgamated, under the name ShawCor Ltd., with the common shares as its only class of share 
capital. Upon closing, a special dividend of $1.00 per share was declared on all outstanding common shares which was paid on April 19, 2013.

The Company recognized transaction costs charged directly to retained earnings of $553.2 million, which was comprised of the $498.8 million cash 
payment to the Class B shareholders and the issuance of 1,403,684 common shares to the Class B shareholders with a fair value of $55.4 million, 
partially off set by the book value of the Class B shares of $1.0 million.

In connection with the closing of the Arrangement, the employment terms of the Company’s Chair of the Board and indirect controlling shareholder, 
and of the Company’s Vice Chair of the Board, were amended to provide that their employment with the Company’s subsidiary would terminate and 
they would receive severance and other benefi ts of approximately $3.4 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

Under the Arrangement, any stock option outstanding as of March 20, 2013, that had not been duly exercised prior to that date, whether vested or 
unvested, represents an option (a “New ShawCor Option”) to purchase the same number of common shares at the same exercise price. The exercise 
price, term to expiry, conditions to and manner of exercising, vesting schedule and all other terms and conditions of such New ShawCor Option 
remain unchanged from the previously issued options with respect to the Class A shares, and any document or agreement previously evidencing 
the original such options is deemed to evidence such New ShawCor Options.

Any award granted under the employee share unit plan (“Company ESUP Award”) that had not been settled prior to March 20, 2013, whether 
vested or unvested, represents a grant (a “New ShawCor ESUP Award”) in respect of the same number of common shares as applied to the acquisition 
of Class A shares pursuant to the Company ESUP Award. All other terms and conditions of such New ShawCor ESUP Award remain unchanged from 
the previously issued Company ESUP Awards with respect to the Class A shares, and any document or agreement previously evidencing a Company 
ESUP Award is deemed to evidence such New ShawCor ESUP Award.

Any grant of deferred share units issued pursuant to the deferred share unit plan (‘‘Company DSU Grant’’) that had not been settled prior to 
March 20, 2013, represents a unit (a ‘‘New ShawCor DSU Grant’’) in respect of the same number of common shares as applied to the acquisition 
of Class A shares pursuant to the Company DSU Grant. All other terms and conditions of such New ShawCor DSU Grant remain unchanged from 
the previously issued Company DSU Grants with respect to the Class A shares, and any document or agreement previously evidencing a Company 
DSU Grant is deemed to evidence such New ShawCor DSU Grant.  

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

91

 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table sets forth the changes in the Company’s shares for the years ending December 31:

(all dollar amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Number of shares 

Balance, January 1, 2013 
Issued on exercise of stock options 
Issued on exercise of RSUs 
Purchase and cancellation of Class A shares 
Purchase and cancellation of Class B shares 

Balance, December 31, 2013 

Stated value: 
Balance, January 1, 2013 
Issued on exercise of stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised options 
Compensation cost on exercised RSUs 
Purchase and cancellation of Class A shares 
Purchase and cancellation of Class B shares 

Balance, December 31, 2013 

(all dollar amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars)  

Number of Shares 

Balance, January 1, 2012 
Issued on exercise of stock options 
Issued on exercise of RSUs 
Conversions of Class B shares into Class A shares 
Purchase – normal course issuer bid 

Balance, December 31, 2012 

Stated Value: 
Balance, January 1, 2012 
Issued – stock options 
Compensation cost on exercised options 
Compensation cost on exercised RSUs 
Conversions of Class B shares into Class A shares 
Purchase – normal course issuer bid 

Balance, December 31, 2012 

Class A 

Class B 

New 
Common 

2013

Total

  57,491,070 

  12,760,635 

– 

  70,251,705

72,440 
200 

(57,563,710) 

– 

– 

– 
– 

– 

  1,023,220 
588 

  57,563,710 

  1,095,660
788

–

 (12,760,635) 

  1,403,684 

 (11,356,951)

– 

  59,991,202 

  59,991,202

$ 

220,706 

$ 

981 

$ 

– 

$ 

221,687

1,372 

531 

5 

(222,614) 

– 

– 

$ 

– 

– 

– 

– 

(981) 

18,227 

7,048 

19 

222,614 

55,419 

19,599

7,579

24

–

54,438

$ 

– 

$ 

303,327 

$ 

303,327

Class A 

Class B 

2012

Total

  57,832,572 

  12,784,335 

  70,616,907

204,060 

2,738 

23,700 

(572,000) 

– 

– 

(23,700) 

204,060

2,738

–

– 

(572,000)

  57,491,070 

  12,760,635 

  70,251,705

$ 

217,398 

$ 

983 

$ 

218,381

3,988 

1,415 

79 

2 

(2,176) 

– 

– 

– 

(2) 

– 

3,988

1,415

79

–

(2,176)

$ 

220,706 

$ 

981 

$ 

221,687

All shares have been issued and fully paid and have no par value. There are an unlimited number of common shares authorized. Holders of common 
shares are entitled to one vote per share.

In 2013, dividends declared and paid during the year were $1.375 per New Common share, $0.100 per Class A share and $0.091 per Class B share 
(2012 – $0.380 per Class A share and $0.345 per Class B share). The dividends paid on the Class A and Class B shares were before the elimination of 
the dual class share structure under the Arrangement. 

92 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 29.  SHARE-BASED AND OTHER INCENTIVE-BASED COMPENSATION

As at December 31, 2013, the Company had the following stock option plan, which was initiated in 2001:

i)   Under the Company’s 2001 employee stock option plan (the “2001 Employee Plan”), which is a traditional stock option plan, the options granted 
have a term of approximately ten years from the date of the grant. Exercises of stock options are permitted on the basis of 20% of the optioned 
shares per year over fi ve years, on a cumulative basis, commencing one year following the date of the grant. The grant price equals the closing sale 
price of the common shares on the day prior to the grant.

 On March 3, 2010, the Board approved the amended 2001 Employee Plan (the “Amended 2001 Employee Plan”). All stock options granted in 2010, 
and certain options granted thereafter, under the Amended 2001 Employee Plan have a tandem share appreciation right (“SAR”) attached, which 
allows the option holder to exercise either the option and receive a share, or exercise the SAR and receive a cash payment that is equivalent to 
the diff erence between the grant price and fair market value. All stock options granted under the Amended 2001 Employee Plan have the same 
characteristics as stock options that were granted under the original 2001 Employee Plan, with respect to vesting requirements, term, termination 
and other provisions. 

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plans and changes during the year is presented below:

Stock Options without Tandem Share Appreciation Rights

Balance outstanding – Beginning of year 
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Expired 

Balance outstanding – End of year 

Options exercisable 

Range of  
Exercise Price 

$15.01 to $20.00 
$20.01 to $25.00 
$25.01 to $30.00 
$30.01 to $35.00 
$35.01 to $40.00 
$40.01 to $45.00 

2013 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

21.83 

41.68 

17.89 

30.97 

15.94 

29.20 

24.95 

Total 
Shares 

  2,106,140 

$ 

251,900 

  (1,095,660) 

(6,000) 

(480) 

  1,255,900 

716,244 

$ 

$ 

2012

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

20.67

32.81

19.55

22.36

–

21.83

20.03

Total 
Shares 

2,164,600 

$ 

187,000 

(204,060) 

(41,400) 

– 

2,106,140 

1,585,292 

$ 

$ 

 Options Outstanding 

December 31, 2013

 Options Exercisable

Weighted
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 
(years) 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Exercisable 
as at 
December 31 
2013 

$ 

4.58 

3.10 

3.58 

7.78 

6.99 

8.99 

15.70 

21.22 

27.94 

32.76 

37.32 

41.68 

223,620 

$ 

3,400 

400,920 

47,400 

40,904 

– 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

15.77

20.79

27.94

32.59

37.32

–

Outstanding 
as at 
December 31 
2013 

302,020 

5,400 

400,920 

197,000 

102,260 

248,300 

  1,255,900 

5.83 

$ 

29.20 

716,244 

$ 

24.95

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

93

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Range of  
Exercise Price 

$10.00 to $15.00 

$15.01 to $20.00 

$20.01 to $25.00 

$25.01 to $30.00 

$30.01 to $35.00 

$35.01 to $40.00 

 Options Outstanding 

December 31, 2012

 Options Exercisable

Outstanding 
as at 
December 31 
2012 

236,400 

916,980 

44,000 

589,500 

217,000 

102,260 

Weighted
Average 
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 
(years) 

$ 

0.70 

3.86 

3.54 

4.55 

8.45 

8.00 

2,106,140 

4.37 

$ 

Weighted 
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Exercisable 
as at 
December 31 
2012 

12.01 

16.32 

21.00 

27.71 

32.67 

37.32 

21.83 

236,400 

$ 

742,580 

40,000 

521,860 

24,000 

20,452 

1,585,292 

$ 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

12.01

16.49

20.91

27.43

31.77

37.32

20.03

The Board of Directors approved the granting of 251,900 stock options (2012 – 187,000) during the year ended December 31, 2013 under the 2001 
Employee Plan. The total fair value of the stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 was $3.3 million (2012 – $2.1 million) and 
was calculated using the Black-Scholes pricing model with the following assumptions:

Weighted average share price 
Exercise price 
Expected life of options 
Expected stock price volatility 
Expected dividend yield 
Risk-free interest rate 

2013 

$41.68 

$41.68 

6.25 

34% 

0.9% 

1.89% 

2012

$32.81

$32.81

7.25

35%

0.9%

1.7%

The volatility measured at the standard deviation of continuously compounded share returns is based on the statistical analysis of daily share prices 
over the last ten years.

The fair value of options granted under the Amended 2001 Employee Plan will be amortized to compensation expense over the fi ve-year vesting 
period of options. The compensation cost from the amortization of granted stock options for the year ended December 31, 2013, included in selling, 
general and administrative expenses, was $1.9 million (2012 – $1.7 million). 

Stock Options with Tandem Share Appreciation Rights

Balance outstanding – Beginning of period 
Granted 
Exercised in cash 

Balance outstanding – End of period 

Options exercisable 

December 31,  
2013 

Weighted 
Average 
Fair Value(a) 

Total 
Shares 

223,200 

$ 

32,300 

(134,700) 

120,800 

53,100 

$ 

$ 

12.56 

13.35 

14.01 

11.16 

15.09 

December 31,
2012

Weighted
Average
Fair Value

Total 
Shares 

154,300 

$ 

68,900 

– 

223,200 

54,560 

$ 

$ 

12.93

11.74

–

12.56

9.56

(a)  The weighted average fair value refers to the fair value of the underlying shares of the Company on the grant date of the SARs.

The mark-to-market liability for the stock options with SARs as at December 31, 2013, is $1.3 million (2012 – $1.6 million), all of which is included in 
accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

On March 3, 2010, the Board approved a new long-term incentive program (“LTIP”) for executives and key employees and a deferred share unit 
(“DSU”) plan for directors of the Company. Additional details with respect to the LTIP and DSU plan are as follows:

94 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LTIP
The LTIP includes the existing stock option plan discussed above and the Value Growth Plan (“VGP”) and the Employee Share Unit Plan (“ESUP”).

VGP
The VGP is a cash-based awards plan, which rewards executives and key employees for improving operating income and revenue over a three-year 
performance period. Units granted to participants vest at the end of the third year of the performance period for which they were granted. The value 
of units is determined based on the growth rate in operating income and revenue on a cumulative basis for the three consecutive years that comprise 
the performance period and is measured against the prior three-year baseline period. Compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over 
the vesting period. All units granted under the VGP will be classifi ed as liability instruments in accordance with IFRS as their terms require that they 
be settled in cash.

The liability as at December 31, 2013 is $27.2 million (2012 – $12.3 million).

ESUP
The ESUP authorizes the Board to grant awards of restricted share units (“RSUs”) and performance share units (“PSUs”) to employees of the Company 
as a form of incentive compensation. All RSUs and PSUs are to be settled with common shares and are valued on the basis of the underlying weighted 
average trading price of the common shares over the fi ve trading days preceding the grant date. The valuation is not subsequently adjusted for changes 
in the market price of the common shares prior to the settlement of the award. Each RSU and PSU granted under the ESUP represents one common 
share. The ESUP provides that the maximum number of common shares that are reserved for issuance from time to time shall be fi xed at 1,000,000 
common shares. The RSUs vest in two tranches over a period of one to fi ve years and four to seven years, respectively, and become payable once 
vesting is completed. Compensation cost is recognized over the vesting period in accordance with IFRS. All RSUs and PSUs granted are classifi ed as 
equity instruments in accordance with IFRS as their terms require that they be settled in shares. 

The following table sets forth the Company’s RSU/PSUs reconciliation for the years ended December 31:

Balance outstanding – Beginning of year  
Granted 
Exercised 
Forfeited 
Cancelled 

Balance outstanding – End of year 

RSUs/PSUs exercisable 

2013 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 

Fair Value(a)(b) 

30.79 

39.10 

30.90 

– 

34.06 

33.91 

29.38 

Total 
Shares 

134,987 

$ 

80,998 

(788) 

– 

(5,890) 

209,307 

29,594 

$ 

$ 

2012

Weighted
Average
Grant Date

Fair Value(a)

30.34

32.85

28.97

31.96

33.11

30.79

29.98

Total 
Shares 

93,289 

$ 

306,695 

(2,738) 

(10,975) 

(251,284) 

134,987 

14,984 

$ 

$ 

(a)  RSU awards do not have an exercise price; their weighted average grant date fair value is the closing stock price on the reporting date.

(b) PSU awards do not have an exercise price; their weighted average grant date fair value is the closing stock price on the reporting date.

DSU
Under the Company’s DSU plan, all directors (other than the President and Chief Executive Offi  cer) of the Company can elect to receive all or a portion 
of their compensation for services rendered as a director of the Company in share units or a combination of share units and cash. The number of DSUs 
received is equal to the dollar amount to be paid in DSUs divided by the weighted average trading price of the common shares over the fi ve days 
immediately preceding the date of the grant. DSUs are to be settled at the time that the director ceases to be a member of the Board and each DSU 
entitles the holder to receive one common share or the cash equivalent. DSUs vest immediately on the date of the grant. The value of a DSU and the 
related compensation expense is determined and recorded based on the current market price of the underlying common shares on the date of the 
grant. Common shares are purchased on the open market to settle outstanding share units. 

All DSUs granted will be classifi ed as liability instruments on the date of the grant in accordance with IFRS as the unitholder has the option to settle 
in cash or in shares. 

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

95

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The following table sets forth the Company’s DSU reconciliation for the years ended December 31:

Balance outstanding – Beginning of year  
Granted 
Exercised(b) 

Balance outstanding – End of year 

2013 

Weighted 
Average 
Grant Date 

Fair Value(a) 

$ 

31.61 

41.60 

32.40 

Total 
Shares 

97,421 

38,299 

(10,740) 

2012

Weighted
Average
Grant Date

Fair Value(a)

$ 

28.45

36.87

–

Total 
Shares 

60,924 

36,497 

– 

124,980 

$ 

34.60 

97,421 

$ 

31.61

(a)  DSU awards do not have an exercise price; as a result, grant date weighted average fair value has been calculated.

(b) DSU awards cannot be exercised while the director is still a member of the board of directors.

The mark-to-market liability for the DSUs as at December 31, 2013 is $5.3 million (2012 – $3.8 million), all of which is included in accounts payable 
and accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

Incentive-based Compensation
The following table sets forth the incentive-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31: 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Stock option expense 
VGP expense 
DSU expense 
RSU expense 
SAR expense 

2013 

$ 

1,885 

$ 

17,469 

1,899 

1,286 

1,055 

2012

1,650

9,663

2,039

978

967

Total share-based and other incentive-based compensation expense 

$ 

23,594 

$ 

15,297

NOTE 30.  KEY MANAGEMENT COMPENSATION

Key management includes directors (executive and non-executive) and corporate offi  cers. The compensation paid or payable to key management for 
employee and director services is shown below for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Salaries and other short-term incentive compensation and employee benefi ts 
Post-employment benefi ts – Defi ned Benefi t Plans   
Share-based and other long-term incentive payments 
Director fees and other compensation 

$ 

$ 

2013 

9,050 

6,394 

5,874 

6,591 

2012

8,508

542

2,069

2,039

$ 

27,909 

$ 

13,158

96 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTE 31.  

INTEREST IN JOINT VENTURES

The Company uses the equity method to account for the following joint venture interests of the Company as at December 31:

Hal Shaw Inc. 
Shaw & Shaw Ltd. 
Helicone Holdings Limited 
Atlantida Socotherm S.A. 
Socotherm Gulf of Mexico, LLC(a)   
Socotherm Brasil S.A.(b) 

Country of 
Incorporation 

U.S.A. 
Canada 
Russia 
  Argentina 
U.S.A. 
Brazil 

Activity 

Pipe coating 
Pipe coating 
Pipe coating 
 Pipe coating 
Pipe coating 
 Pipe coating 

2013 
Proportion of 
 Interest Held 
% 

2012
Proportion of
Interest Held
%

50 

83 

25 

50 

(a) 

50 

50

83

25

50

51

50

(a)   On April 15, 2013, the Company acquired the remaining 49% interest in Socotherm Gulf of Mexico that it did not own as at December 31, 2012. The accounts of SGOM were fully consolidated 

as at December 31, 2013 (Note 7). 

(b)  As of December 4, 2013, Socotherm Brasil S.A. has been accounted for as a held-for-sale investment and as a result, the investments in joint ventures account on the Company’s consolidated 
balance sheet as at December 31, 2013 no longer refl ects the Company’s investment in this entity (Note 18). However, the revenue and expenses disclosed in the table below include the 
Company’s share of this interest, up to the date of reclassifi cation to held-for-sale. 

The following table presents the Company’s share of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of the joint ventures described above for the years 
ended and as at December 31, excluding those joint ventures classifi ed as held for sale.

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current assets 
Non-current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 

Total Liabilities 

Carrying amount of the investments in joint ventures 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Revenue 
Cost of goods sold and services rendered 
Administrative expenses 
Foreign exchange losses (gains) 
Amortization expenses 
Finance costs 

Net (loss) income before taxes 

Income taxes (recovery) expenses  

Net (loss) income 

$ 

$ 

2013 

13,625 

10,937 

24,562 

(5,895) 

(1,391) 

(7,286) 

2012

37,640

81,670

119,310

(21,532)

(20,436)

(41,968)

$ 

17,276 

$ 

77,342

$ 

2013 

53,553 

40,884 

10,204 

47 

6,357 

1,083 

(5,022) 

(1,148) 

$ 

(3,874) 

$ 

2012

$ 

13,662

9,358

2,209

(10)

1,077

42

986

368

618

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

97

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 32.  EARNINGS PER SHARE (“EPS”)

The following table details the weighted-average number of shares outstanding for the purposes of calculating basic and diluted EPS for the years 
ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars except share and per share amounts) 

2013 

2012

Net income used to calculate EPS   
  Net income (attributable to the shareholders of the Company) 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding – basic (000s)   
Dilutive eff ect of stock options  

Weighted average number of shares outstanding – diluted (000s) 

  Basic EPS 
  Diluted EPS 

NOTE 33. 

INCOME TAXES

The following table sets forth the Company’s income tax expense for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Current Income Tax 
Based on taxable income of current year 
Adjustment to prior year provision 

Deferred Income Tax 
Reversal of temporary diff erences  

Total Income Tax Expense 

Income taxes on items recognized in other comprehensive income were as follows:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Income tax on actuarial gains and losses on defi ned employee future benefi t plans 

Income Tax Expense (recovery) charged to other comprehensive income 

$ 

219,862 

$ 

178,310

61,972 

674 

62,646 

3.55 

3.51 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

70,413

865

71,278

2.53

2.50

2013 

2012

$ 

93,620 

$ 

(259) 

93,361 

(14,959) 

(14,959) 

51,113

(6,916)

44,197

(414)

(414)

$ 

78,402 

$ 

43,783

2013 

4,103 

4,103 

$ 

$ 

2012

(1,353)

(1,353)

$ 

$ 

The following table sets forth a reconciliation of the Company’s eff ective income tax rate for the years ended December 31:

Expected income tax expense based on statutory rate  

Tax rate diff erential on earnings of foreign subsidiaries  
Benefi t of previously unrecognized tax losses   
Unrecognized tax losses of foreign subsidiaries 
Adjustment to prior year provision 
Other 

Eff ective Income Tax Rate 

2013 

27.0% 

(8.2%) 

(0.6%) 

4.5% 

(0.1%) 

3.4% 

26.0% 

2012

27.0%

(8.6%)

(0.3%)

3.1%

(3.1%)

1.6%

19.7%

98 

SH AWCOR  LT D .

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The expected income tax rate is computed using average Canadian federal and provincial income tax rates based on an estimated allocation of net 
income before tax to the various provinces.

Recognized Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are off set when there is a legally enforceable right to off set current income tax assets against current 
income tax liabilities and they relate to the same income tax authority on the same taxable entity. The following table sets forth the Company’s 
deferred income tax assets and liabilities as at:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Deferred Income Tax Assets  
  Amortizable property, plant and equipment   
  Provisions and future expenditures 
  Non-capital losses 

Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 
  Amortizable property, plant and equipment   
  Provisions and future expenditures 

Net Deferred Income Tax Liability 

December 31 
2013 

December 31
2012

$ 

$ 

17,953 

18,984 

11,543 

48,480 

(18,972) 

(49,885) 

(68,857) 

11,952

14,649

9,546

36,147

(14,604)

(46,875)

(61,479)

$ 

(20,377) 

$ 

(25,332)

The Company has recorded deferred income tax assets of $11.5 million and $9.5 million as at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, pertaining to 
loss carryforwards based on management’s fi nancial projections and the relevant income tax legislation in each jurisdiction. 

The following table sets forth the changes in the Company’s deferred income tax asets and liabilities for the years ended December 31:

(in thousands of Canadian dollars) 

Deferred Income Tax Assets 
Amortizable property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 
Net operating losses 

Deferred income tax assets 

Deferred Income Tax Liabilities 
Amortizable property, plant and equipment 
Provisions and future expenditures 

Deferred income tax liability 

Change in Deferred Income Tax 

Deferred income tax on OCI 
Deferred income tax acquired through acquisitions   
Deferred income tax moved to assets held for sale 

Deferred Income Tax Recovery in Net Income 

2013 

2012

$ 

(6,001) 

$ 

(4,335) 

(1,997) 

(12,333) 

4,368 

3,010 

7,378 

(4,955) 

(4,103) 

(10,644) 

4,743 

$ 

(14,959) 

$ 

(9,482)

14,048

(5,966)

(1,400)

(22,269)

26,764

4,495

3,095

1,353

(4,822)

(40)

(414)

The Company has recognized a deferred income tax liability for taxes that would be payable on the unremitted earnings of certain of the Company’s 
subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures of nil for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, as the Company has determined that the 
undistributed profi ts of its subsidiaries will not be distributed in the foreseeable future. The temporary diff erence associated with investments 
in subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, for which a deferred income tax liability has not been recognized aggregates to $189.9 million and 
$146.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

99

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

The Company has net operating losses of $123.0 million and $73.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, in various 
jurisdictions for which no deferred income tax asset has been recognized. These losses expire subsequent to the 2017 fi scal year. The Company has 
capital losses of $6.9 million and $8.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, in various jurisdictions for which no 
deferred income tax asset has been recognized. These capital losses are carried forward indefi nitely.

NOTE 34.  SUBSEQUENT EVENT

On February 20, 2014, ShawCor completed an equity investment in Zedi Inc. (“Zedi”), a Calgary, Alberta, based company engaged in end-to-end 
solutions for production operations management in the oil and gas industry. Zedi has successfully developed and deployed remote fi eld monitoring 
and related data management solutions for the optimization of oil and gas well production and has recently completed a management buyout 
through an Alberta court and shareholder approved plan of arrangement. ShawCor’s equity investment in Zedi will consist of a 25% common share 
interest plus convertible preferred shares for a total investment of approximately $24 million, which will be accounted for using equity accounting. 
ShawCor and Zedi have also entered into a joint development agreement to work together to develop monitoring and connectivity solutions for 
pipeline and OCTG applications. 

NOTE 35.  COMPARATIVE FIGURES

The comparative audited consolidated fi nancial statements have been reclassifi ed from consolidated fi nancial statements previously presented 
to conform to the presentation of the current year consolidated fi nancial statements in accordance with IFRS.

100  SHAWCOR  LT D.

SIX-YEAR REVIEW AND
QUARTERLY INFORMATION

SIX-YEAR REVIEW  (UNAUDITED)

For the year ended December 31 
(in thousands of Canadian dollars  
except per share information) 

Operating Results 
Revenue 
EBITDA(a) 
Net income(b) 

Cash Flow 
Cash from operating activities 
Purchase of property, plant, and equipment 

Financial Position 
Working capital(c) 
Long-term debt 
Equity 
Total assets 

Per Share Information 
(Common, Class A & Class B) 
Net income  
   Basic 
   Diluted 
Dividends 
   Common share 
   Class A 
   Class B 
Equity per share(d) 

2013 
IFRS 

2012 
IFRS(e) 

2011 
IFRS 

2010 
IFRS 

2009 
CGAAP(f) 

2008
CGAAP

$   1,847,549  

$ 

 1,469,187  

$ 

 1,157,265  

$ 

 1,034,163  

$ 

 1,183,978  

$ 

 1,379,577 

 391,223  

 219,862  

 265,254  

 178,310  

 128,168  

 56,280  

 186,035  

 95,072  

 254,143  

 131,450  

 262,158 

 145,733 

 32,264  

 76,729  

 530,512  

 73,505  

 45,325  

 55,982  

 53,244  

 48,723  

 299,333  

 34,358  

 154,361 

 89,799 

 267,489  

 374,381  

 658,581  
$   1,651,928  

 325,412  

 287,142  

 –  

 –  

 988,667  

 867,411  

 283,852  

 25,005  

 832,243  

 312,966  

 52,287  

 790,422  

 229,169 

 91,226 

 732,452 

$ 

 1,888,873  

$ 

 1,226,749  

$ 

 1,224,936  

$ 

 1,185,977  

$ 

 1,227,289 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 
$ 
$ 

 3.55  

 3.51  

 1.375  

 0.100  

 0.091  

 10.98  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 2.53  

 2.50  

 n/a  

 0.380  

 0.345  

 14.08  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 0.79  

 0.78  

 n/a  

 0.315  

 0.286  

 12.28  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 1.35  

 1.33  

 n/a  

 0.295  

 0.268  

 11.79  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 1.86  

 1.85  

 n/a  

 0.535  

 0.486  

 11.21  

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

 2.06 

 2.03 

 n/a 

 0.253 

 0.229 

 10.40 

QUARTERLY INFORMATION  (UNAUDITED) 

(in thousands of Canadian dollars 
except per share information) 

Revenue 

Net income(b) 

Net income per share 

(Common, Class A and Class B)  

Diluted 

First 

Second 

Third 

Fourth 

Total

2013 

2012 

2013 

2012 

$ 

 454,681  

$ 

 457,261  

$ 

 525,848  

$ 

 409,759  

$ 

 1,847,549 

 312,268  

 70,595  

 326,923  

 53,914  

 390,497  

 72,956  

 439,499  

 22,397  

 1,469,187 

 219,862 

$ 

 23,247  

$ 

 21,377  

$ 

 53,411  

$ 

 80,275  

$ 

 178,310 

2013 

2012 

$ 

$ 

 1.01  

 0.33  

$ 

$ 

 0.90  

 0.30  

$ 

$ 

 1.21  

 0.75  

$ 

$ 

 0.37  

 1.13  

$ 

$ 

 3.51 

 2.50 

(a)   EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure calculated by adding back to net income the sum of net fi nance costs, income taxes, depreciation/amortization of property, plant and equipment and intangible 
assets, gains/losses from assets sold or held for sale, impairment of assets, and other one-time items. EBITDA does not have a standardized meaning prescribed by GAAP and is not necessarily 
comparable to similar measures provided by other companies. EBITDA is used by many analysts in the oil and gas industry as one of several important analytical tools. 

(b) Attributable to shareholders of the Company, excluding non-controlling interests.

(c)  Working capital has been calculated as current assets minus current liabilities.

(d) Equity per share is Non-GAAP measure calculated by dividing equity by the number of Common, Class A & Class B shares outstanding at the date of the balance sheet.

(e) Restated due to the adoption of certain new IFRS standards that became eff ective as at January 1, 2013, but were implemented retrospectively to January 1, 2012.

(f)  Restated due to adoption of CICA Handbook section 3064.

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SHAWCOR 
DIRECTORS

J.T. BALDWIN
London, England

Mr. Baldwin is the Vice 
President Communications 
& External Aff airs for the 
Southern Corridor for BP, a 
position he has held since 
January 2014, and has been 
a Director of ShawCor Ltd. 
since March 2010. 

D.S. BLACKWOOD
Houston, Texas

Mr. Blackwood recently 
retired as President 
(Americas), Wood Group 
PSN, a position he held since 
April 2011, and has been a 
Director of ShawCor Ltd. 
since May 2011.

W.P. BUCKLEY
Toronto, Ontario

Mr. Buckley is CEO of 
ShawCor Ltd., a position he 
has held since June 2005, and 
has been a Director of the 
Company since August 2005.

J.W. DERRICK
Buff alo, New York

Mr. Derrick is Chief 
Executive Offi  cer of Derrick 
Corporation, a position he 
has held since 1992, and has 
been a Director of ShawCor 
Ltd. since August 2007.

D.H. FREEMAN
Toronto, Ontario

Mr. Freeman is a Chartered 
Professional Accountant 
and from 1983 to 2011 was a 
partner at KPMG LLP. He has 
been a Director of ShawCor 
Ltd. since October 2011.

J.F. PETCH Q.C.
Toronto, Ontario

Mr. Petch is Chair of the 
University of Toronto Asset 
Management Corporation 
and Chair Emeritus of the 
University's Governing 
Council and has been a 
Director of ShawCor Ltd. 
since March 2005.

R.J. RITCHIE
Calgary, Alberta

Mr. Ritchie was the CEO 
and a Director of Canadian 
Pacifi c Railway Limited from 
1995 to 2006, and has been 
a Director of ShawCor Ltd. 
since April 1994. 

P.G. ROBINSON
Toronto, Ontario

Mr. Robinson is a Chartered 
Professional Accountant and 
President and Chief Executive 
Offi  cer of Litens Automotive 
Group, a position he has held 
since 2001, and has been 
a Director of ShawCor Ltd. 
since August 2001.

H.A . SHAW
Calgary, Alberta

Ms. Shaw is the Executive 
Chair of Corus Entertainment 
Inc., a position she has held 
since September 1999, 
and has been a Director 
of ShawCor Ltd. since 
May 2008.

Z.D. SIMO
Oakville, Ontario

Mr. Simo is a former 
President and CEO of 
Tecsyn International Inc. 
and has been a Director 
of ShawCor Ltd. since 
August 1987.

E.C. VALIQUET TE
Pembroke, Ontario

Ms. Valiquette is a Chartered 
Professional Accountant 
and a former Senior Vice 
President and Chief Financial 
Offi  cer of ING Canada Inc. 
and has been a Director 
of ShawCor Ltd. since 
March 2005.

102  SHAWCOR  LT D.

CORPORATE 
GOVERNANCE

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) and management of the Company 
recognize that eff ective corporate governance is central to the prudent 
direction and operation of the Company in a manner that ultimately 
enhances shareholder value. The following discussion outlines the 
Company’s system of corporate governance.

The business and aff airs of the Company are managed under the 
supervision of the Board. Broadly, the Board approves overall corporate 
strategy and assesses management’s implementation of agreed 
strategies, and reviews the results achieved. The Board’s role consists of 
the approval of strategic plans, the review of corporate risks identifi ed 
by management and monitoring the Company’s practices and policies 
for dealing with these risks, management succession planning, the 
monitoring of business practices and assessment of the integrity of the 
Company’s internal controls and information and governance systems.

The Board oversees the Company’s strategic planning process, reviews 
and approves strategies, and assesses management's success in 
implementing the strategies. This is done regularly and through an 
annual special purpose Board Meeting held each year to review and 
approve the Company’s strategic and annual business plan. The strategic 
plan is updated each year so that it always projects the next three-
year period. Management reports to the Board quarterly, highlighting 
and commenting upon divisional performance compared with annual 
business plan forecasts and prior year results. As part of the strategic 
plan review process, the Board identifi es and evaluates the principal 
opportunities and risks of the Company's businesses, and seeks to ensure 
that management puts in place appropriate systems to manage the 
principal risks. The Board also receives reviews and discusses a quarterly 
risk management report from management which identifi es the key 
risks facing the Company, their potential impact on operating income 
and mitigation actions which are being taken. In addition, the Audit 
Committee of the Board regularly reviews fi nancial risk issues and the 
Compensation Committee of the Board reviews compensation related 
risk issues on an annual basis.

The Audit, Compensation and Nominating and Governance Committees 
of the Board are each comprised of independent directors. The Executive 
Committee is comprised of the Chair, the Vice Chair, the Chief Executive 
Offi  cer and three independent directors. Ten of eleven members of the 
Board are considered to be independent.

The corporate governance practices and policies of the Company have 
been developed under the general stewardship of the Nominating and 
Governance Committee. The Committee believes that the corporate 
governance practices of the Company are appropriate for the Company. 
As a result of evolving laws, policies and practices, the Nominating and 
Governance Committee regularly reviews the corporate governance 
practices and policies of the Company in order to facilitate compliance 
with applicable requirements and implements best practices appropriate 
to its operations. In recent years, the following steps have been taken 
by the Committee as part of the ongoing process of enhancing the 
Company’s corporate governance:

• 

 instituted and updated mandatory share ownership guidelines for all 
directors, the Chief Executive Offi  cer and other designated executives;

•  reviewed and revised the mandate of the Board of Directors;

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

 reviewed and revised the charters for the Audit, Compensation 
and Nominating and Governance Committees and appointed only 
independent directors to these Committees;

 completed evaluations of the Board’s performance as well as 
individual director’s performance reviews and developed a new Board/
Committee/Director performance assessment process and form;

 reviewed and updated the Company’s Code of Conduct for directors, 
offi  cers and employees, a copy of which may be found on SEDAR 
(www.sedar.com);

 instituted a whistleblower hotline to assist employees in reporting 
suspected violations of the Code of Conduct;

instituted a majority voting policy for directors;

 instituted a DSU plan for directors and terminated the directors’ stock 
option plan;

 reviewed and updated the Company’s Confi dentiality, Insider Trading 
and Disclosure policies;

 eliminated the Company’s dual class share structure through a 
shareholder and court approved plan of arrangement; and

•  developed a new director retirement policy.

ANNUAL REP ORT 20 13 

103

 
PRIMARY OPERATING 
LOCATIONS

PIPELINE AND PIPE SERVICES

BREDERO SHAW 
ShawCor Pipe Protection
3838 N. Sam Houston Pkwy. E.
Suite 300
Houston, Texas  77032

T:  281 886 2350
F:  281 886 2351

Bredero Shaw Lakeside House
1 Furzeground Way
Stockley Park
Uxbridge, Middlesex
England UB11 1BD

T:  44 208 622 3071
F:  44 208 622 3169

Shaw Pipe Protection
3200, 450 1st Street S.W.
Calgary, Alberta  T2P 5H1

T:  403 263 2255
F:  403 264 3649

Bredero Shaw
#17-01/02 United Square
101 Thomson Road
Singapore 307591

T:  65 6732 2355
F:  65 6732 9073

FLEXPIPE SYSTEMS
3501 54th Avenue S.E.
Calgary, Alberta  T2C 0A9

T:  403 503 0548
F:  403 503 0547

SOCOTH ERM 
Viale Risorgimento 62 
45011 Adria (RO) Italy 

T:  39 0426 941000 
F:  39 0426 901055

PETROCHEMICAL AND INDUSTRIAL

DSG-CANUSA
25 Bethridge Road
Toronto, Ontario  M9W 1M7

SHAWFLEX
25 Bethridge Road
Toronto, Ontario  M9W 1M7

T:  416 743 71 1 1
F:  416 743 7752

T:  416 743 71 1 1
F:  416 743 2565

104  SHAWCOR  LT D.

CANUSA-CPS
25 Bethridge Road
Toronto, Ontario  M9W 1M7

T:  416 743 71 1 1
F:  416 743 5927 

SHAW PIPELINE SERVICES
4250 N. Sam Houston Pkwy. E.
Suite 180
Houston, Texas  77032

T:  832 601 0850
F:  281 442 1593

GUARDIAN
950 – 78th Avenue
Edmonton, Alberta  T6P 1L7

T:  780 440 1444
F:  780 440 4261

A
D
A
N
A
C

N

I

D
E
T
N

I

R
P

M
O
C

.

B

I

.

A
R
C
W
W
W

S
N
O

I
T
A
C

I

N
U
M
M
O
C

&

N
G

I
S
E
D

B

I

A
R
C

:

N
G

I
S
E
D

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE 
INFORMATION

CORPORATE OFFICERS

OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT

J.F. PETCH
Chair of the Board

R.J. RITCHIE
Vice Chair of the Board

W.P. BUCKLEY
Chief Executive Offi  cer

S.M. ORR
President

G.S. LOVE
Vice President, Finance and 
Chief Financial Offi  cer

D.R. EWERT
Vice President, Corporate Aff airs 
and Secretary

M.J. SIMMONS
Group President
ShawCor Ltd.

D.L. BROUSSARD
President
Flexpipe Systems

J.D. TIKKANEN
Executive Vice President
Strategic Planning 
ShawCor Ltd.

J.D.B. GIBSON
Chief Executive Offi  cer
Socotherm

J.L. BARKHOUSE
President
Bredero Shaw

T. ANDERSON
Senior Vice President, Americas
Bredero Shaw

K.D. REIZER
Senior Vice President
Asia Pacifi c
Bredero Shaw

F. CISTRONE
Vice President and 
General Manager, 
Corporate HSE and Operations
ShawCor Ltd.

J.R. BRONSON
Vice President and
General Manager
Canusa-CPS

R.J. DUNN
Vice President
Research & Development
ShawCor Ltd.

F. GALLINA
Vice President 
Special Projects
ShawCor Ltd.

M.L . GARCE S
Vice President
ShawCor Manufacturing System
ShawCor Ltd.

D.R. GIBB
Vice President
Information Technology
ShawCor Ltd.

T.L. HUTZUL
Vice President, Legal
ShawCor Ltd.

G.G. PASSLER
Vice President, and 
General Manager
ShawFlex

P.A. PIERROZ
Vice President
Human Resources
ShawCor Ltd.

J.A . TABAK
Vice President and
General Manager
DSG-Canusa

H.A .A .M. TAUSCH
Vice President and 
General Manager
Europe, Middle East, Africa, Russia
Bredero Shaw

J.A. TEPPAN
Vice President and 
General Manager
Guardian

CORPORATE ADDRESS, STOCK INFORMATION AND ANNUAL MEETING

HEAD OFFICE
25 Bethridge Road
Toronto, Ontario
Canada  M9W 1M7
T:  416 743 7111
F:  416 743 7199

TRANSFER AGENT 
AND REGISTRAR
CST Trust Company
P.O. Box 700, Station B
Montreal, Quebec
Canada  H3B 3K3
T:  800 387 0825
   416 682 3860
F:  800 249 6189
E-mail: inquiries@canstockta.com

AUD ITORS
Ernst & Young LLP

STOCK LISTING
The Toronto Stock Exchange 
Common Shares 
Trading Symbol: SCL

ANNUAL MEETING
Thursday, May 1, 2014
4:00 p.m.
Glenn Gould Studio
Toronto, Ontario
Canada

www.shawcor.com

WHY SHAWCOR?

STRONG INDUSTRY FUNDAMENTALS

BROAD PRODUC T OFFERING

Rising energy demand and depletion of existing 
reserves is driving unprecedented investment in 
new energy infrastructure.

We provide a growing range of end-to-end product and 
service solutions in all major energy segments including 
deepwater, shale plays, LNG and pipeline rehabilitation.

UNRIVALLED GLOBAL NET WORK

STRONG FOUNDATIONS

More than 75 manufacturing and service facilities 
in 18 countries give ShawCor unrivalled proximity 
to every major energy-producing region.

ShawCor’s scale and fi nancial strength give it unequalled 
capability to ensure supply for the world’s largest energy 
infrastructure projects.

TECHNOLOGICAL LEADERSHIP

PROVEN PERFORMANCE

Industry-leading research and product development 
capabilities are helping global clients overcome the 
technological barriers on new energy frontiers.

In the past 20 years, ShawCor’s common shares have 
delivered a total return to shareholders of 785 percent, 
equivalent to a compound annual return of 11.5 percent.

SUPERIOR EXECUTION

The industry’s most advanced management system 
helps us execute the most complex and demanding 
projects safely, on time and on budget.